1 #LyX 1.5.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
64 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
65 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
68 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
69 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
71 % redefine the greyed out note
72 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
73 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
75 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
80 \font_typewriter default
81 \font_default_family default
95 \paperorientation portrait
106 \paragraph_separation indent
108 \quotes_language english
111 \paperpagestyle default
112 \tracking_changes false
113 \output_changes false
129 \begin_layout Standard
131 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
134 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
146 \begin_layout Standard
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Standard
151 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
158 \begin_layout Standard
159 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
167 \begin_layout Standard
168 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
175 \begin_layout Chapter
179 \begin_layout Section
183 \begin_layout Standard
184 LyX is a document preparation system.
185 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
186 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
187 It is unlike most other
188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
195 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
197 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
214 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
218 \begin_layout Standard
219 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
232 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
236 \begin_layout Standard
238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
250 the format of all of the manuals.
251 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
252 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
269 \begin_layout Section
273 \begin_layout Standard
274 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
276 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
277 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
279 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
298 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
301 \begin_layout Standard
302 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
303 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
304 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
306 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
307 only a vertical scrollbar.
308 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
309 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
310 This, however, is due
311 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
312 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
313 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
314 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
316 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
317 this doesn't work for equations yet.
320 \begin_layout Standard
321 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
322 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
324 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
325 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
330 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
331 ing sections of this documentation.
334 \begin_layout Section
338 \begin_layout Standard
339 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
344 of the manuals from inside LyX.
345 Just select the manual you want read from the
352 \begin_layout Section
354 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
355 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
362 \begin_layout Standard
363 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
364 without resorting to configuration files.
365 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
366 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
367 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
370 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
378 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
379 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
380 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
381 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
383 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
387 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
388 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
392 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
395 \begin_layout Section
397 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
398 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
405 \begin_layout Standard
406 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
407 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
415 \begin_layout Standard
427 that will be created when using the menu
429 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
434 \begin_layout Standard
445 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
446 \begin_inset Note Note
449 \begin_layout Standard
450 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
458 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
459 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
461 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
466 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
468 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
469 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
479 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
480 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
487 \begin_layout Chapter
491 \begin_layout Section
492 Basic File Operations
493 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
494 name "File Operations"
501 \begin_layout Standard
506 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
510 \begin_layout Itemize
516 \begin_layout Itemize
528 \begin_layout Itemize
534 \begin_layout Itemize
540 \begin_layout Itemize
546 \begin_layout Itemize
553 \begin_layout Itemize
561 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_layout Itemize
574 \begin_layout Itemize
580 \begin_layout Itemize
586 \begin_layout Itemize
592 \begin_layout Standard
593 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
594 a few minor differences.
597 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
606 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
607 you for a template to use.
608 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
609 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
610 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
611 (see section\InsetSpace ~
613 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
614 reference "sec:doc-classes"
621 \begin_layout Standard
623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
646 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
647 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
650 \begin_layout Standard
662 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
666 \begin_layout Standard
667 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
686 will reload the document from disk.
687 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
688 and want to restore it to the last save.
694 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
695 can identify this as your changes.
698 \begin_layout Section
699 Basic Editing Features
700 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
706 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
707 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
714 \begin_layout Standard
715 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
716 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
717 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
718 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
720 We'll start with cut and paste.
723 \begin_layout Standard
724 As you might expect, the
728 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
729 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
733 \begin_layout Itemize
739 \begin_layout Itemize
745 \begin_layout Itemize
751 \begin_layout Itemize
758 \begin_layout Itemize
765 \begin_layout Itemize
773 \begin_layout Standard
774 The first three are self-explanatory.
775 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
776 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
785 keys also functions as the
790 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
791 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
792 it with what you just typed.
797 to get back the lost text.
800 \begin_layout Standard
801 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
807 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
810 \begin_layout Standard
813 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
815 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
817 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
820 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
826 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
832 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
833 will start a new paragraph.
836 \begin_layout Standard
837 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
838 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
844 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
856 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
861 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
872 button to skip the current word.
878 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
884 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
886 If the toggle is set, searching for
887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
898 will not match the word
899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
913 Match whole words only
915 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
943 \begin_layout Section
945 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
951 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
957 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
958 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
965 \begin_layout Standard
966 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
967 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
970 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
973 to undo some mistake.
974 If you accidentally undo too much, use
976 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
987 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
992 \begin_layout Standard
993 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
994 it was last saved, the
995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1002 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1003 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1006 \begin_layout Standard
1015 work on almost everything in LyX.
1016 They have some quirks, too.
1025 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1026 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1034 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1035 surely appreciate how it works.
1038 \begin_layout Section
1040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1041 name "Mouse Operations"
1048 \begin_layout Standard
1049 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1052 \begin_layout Enumerate
1057 \begin_layout Itemize
1062 once anywhere in the edit window.
1063 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1067 \begin_layout Enumerate
1072 \begin_layout Itemize
1078 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1081 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1084 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1087 \begin_layout Itemize
1088 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1090 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1097 \begin_layout Enumerate
1098 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1102 \begin_layout Standard
1107 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1108 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1109 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1113 \begin_layout Enumerate
1118 \begin_layout Standard
1123 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1128 \begin_layout Section
1130 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1131 name "sec: key bindings"
1136 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1144 \begin_layout Standard
1145 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1146 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1148 LyX's default is CUA.
1151 \begin_layout Standard
1178 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1182 \begin_layout Labeling
1183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1187 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1189 description "Tabulator key"
1195 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1196 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1198 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1199 reference "sec:parindentintro"
1204 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1205 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1209 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1211 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1212 reference "sub:Lists"
1218 If you're still confused, look in the
1225 \begin_layout Labeling
1226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1230 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1232 description "Escape key"
1239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1246 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1247 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1250 \begin_layout Labeling
1251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1262 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1263 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1267 \begin_layout Standard
1268 There are three modifier keys:
1271 \begin_layout Labeling
1272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1290 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1292 description "Control key"
1296 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1297 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1301 \begin_layout Itemize
1310 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1313 \begin_layout Itemize
1322 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1325 \begin_layout Itemize
1334 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1338 \begin_layout Labeling
1339 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1357 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1359 description "Shift key"
1363 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1364 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1367 \begin_layout Labeling
1368 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1386 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1388 description "Meta or Alt key"
1392 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1393 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1394 If you have you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually
1400 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1402 menu accelerator keys
1405 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1406 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1410 \begin_layout Standard
1411 For example, the sequence
1412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1463 \begin_layout Standard
1464 There are also other things bound to the
1468 key, but you'll have to check in the
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1481 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1482 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1483 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1484 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1485 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1486 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1487 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1503 followed by a capital
1509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1527 \begin_layout Chapter
1529 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1537 \begin_layout Section
1539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1540 name "Document ! Types"
1547 \begin_layout Subsection
1551 \begin_layout Standard
1552 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1553 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1554 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1555 numbering schemes, and so on.
1556 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1557 and format the title of your document differently.
1560 \begin_layout Standard
1565 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1566 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1567 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1568 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1569 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1572 \begin_layout Standard
1573 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1574 how to adjust their properties.
1577 \begin_layout Subsection
1578 The Various Document Classes
1579 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1580 name "Document ! Classes"
1585 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1586 name "sec:doc-classes"
1593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1597 \begin_layout Standard
1598 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1602 \begin_layout Description
1603 Article for basic articles
1606 \begin_layout Description
1607 Report for basic reports
1610 \begin_layout Description
1611 Book for writing a book
1614 \begin_layout Description
1615 Letter for US-style letters
1618 \begin_layout Standard
1619 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1621 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1622 can be found in chapter
1624 Special Document Classes
1633 \begin_layout Description
1634 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1637 \begin_layout Description
1644 \begin_layout Standard
1653 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1657 \begin_layout Description
1658 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1659 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1660 There are three article layouts available.
1661 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1662 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1663 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1664 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1669 sequential numbering
1670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1673 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1674 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1675 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1676 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1679 \begin_layout Description
1680 Beamer Layout for presentations
1683 \begin_layout Description
1684 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1685 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1689 \begin_layout Description
1690 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1691 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1694 \begin_layout Description
1695 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1698 \begin_layout Description
1701 Die TeXnische Komödie
1703 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1706 \begin_layout Description
1707 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1710 \begin_layout Description
1711 Foils Used to make transparencies
1714 \begin_layout Description
1715 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1718 \begin_layout Description
1719 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1720 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1724 \begin_layout Description
1725 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1726 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1729 \begin_layout Description
1730 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1733 \begin_layout Description
1734 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1737 \begin_layout Description
1738 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1739 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1742 \begin_layout Description
1743 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1746 \begin_layout Description
1751 LaTeX document class
1754 \begin_layout Description
1755 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1758 \begin_layout Description
1763 \begin_layout Standard
1770 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1771 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1773 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1776 \begin_layout Description
1777 Slides Used to make transparencies
1780 \begin_layout Description
1782 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1783 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1786 \begin_layout Description
1787 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1790 \begin_layout Description
1795 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1798 \begin_layout Standard
1799 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1801 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1806 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1807 of the document classes.
1810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1814 \begin_layout Standard
1815 You can select a class using the
1817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1819 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1820 name "Document ! Settings"
1827 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1831 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1835 \begin_layout Standard
1836 Each class has a default set of options.
1837 Here's a quick table describing them:
1840 \begin_layout Standard
1841 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1847 \begin_layout Standard
1849 \begin_inset Tabular
1850 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1857 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1861 \begin_layout Standard
1867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1870 \begin_layout Standard
1885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1888 \begin_layout Standard
1903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1906 \begin_layout Standard
1921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1924 \begin_layout Standard
1940 <row topline="true">
1941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1944 \begin_layout Standard
1958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1961 \begin_layout Standard
1976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1979 \begin_layout Standard
1994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1997 \begin_layout Standard
2012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2015 \begin_layout Standard
2031 <row topline="true">
2032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2035 \begin_layout Standard
2049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2070 \begin_layout Standard
2085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2088 \begin_layout Standard
2103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2106 \begin_layout Standard
2122 <row topline="true">
2123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2126 \begin_layout Standard
2140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2143 \begin_layout Standard
2158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2161 \begin_layout Standard
2176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2179 \begin_layout Standard
2194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2197 \begin_layout Standard
2213 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2217 \begin_layout Standard
2231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2234 \begin_layout Standard
2249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2252 \begin_layout Standard
2267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2270 \begin_layout Standard
2285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2288 \begin_layout Standard
2310 \begin_layout Standard
2311 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2317 \begin_layout Standard
2318 You're probably also wondering what
2319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2328 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2329 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2334 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2339 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2349 headings, there are also
2357 headings, and so on.
2358 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2360 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2361 reference "sub:Headings"
2368 \begin_layout Subsection
2370 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2371 name "Document ! Layout"
2376 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2377 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2384 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2385 name "Document ! Settings"
2392 \begin_layout Standard
2393 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2395 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2405 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2408 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2410 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2411 to use for your document.
2412 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2416 \begin_layout Standard
2426 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2427 You can choose between the following five options:
2430 \begin_layout Labeling
2431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2436 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2439 \begin_layout Labeling
2440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2445 No page numbers or headings.
2448 \begin_layout Labeling
2449 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2457 \begin_layout Labeling
2458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2463 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2464 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2465 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2468 \begin_layout Labeling
2469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2474 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2478 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2479 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2486 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2487 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2489 Check the documentation for the
2493 package for more details,
2494 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2502 \begin_layout Standard
2507 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2509 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2510 reference "sec:parindentintro"
2517 \begin_layout Subsection
2518 Paper Size and Orientation
2519 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2520 name "Document ! Paper size"
2525 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2526 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2533 \begin_layout Standard
2534 You'll find the following options in the menu
2539 of the dialog of the
2541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2547 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2548 name "Document ! Settings"
2555 \begin_layout Labeling
2556 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2561 What size paper to print on.
2565 \begin_layout Itemize
2571 \begin_layout Itemize
2581 \begin_layout Itemize
2587 \begin_layout Itemize
2593 \begin_layout Itemize
2599 \begin_layout Itemize
2605 \begin_layout Itemize
2611 \begin_layout Labeling
2612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2617 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2628 \begin_layout Labeling
2629 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2632 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2635 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2636 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2639 \begin_layout Subsection
2641 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2642 name "Document ! Margins"
2647 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2653 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2661 \begin_layout Standard
2662 Paper margins are set in the menu
2664 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2670 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2671 name "Document ! Settings"
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2679 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2680 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2681 the paper format and the font size into account.
2684 \begin_layout Subsection
2688 \begin_layout Standard
2689 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2694 That includes the paragraph environments.
2695 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2696 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2697 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2698 paragraph environments to
2702 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2703 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2704 the conversion and why it failed.
2707 \begin_layout Section
2708 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2709 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2710 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2717 \begin_layout Subsection
2719 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2720 name "sec:parindentintro"
2727 \begin_layout Standard
2728 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2729 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2732 \begin_layout Standard
2733 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2734 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2735 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2736 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2740 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2746 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2747 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2748 language than English.
2749 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2753 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2754 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2756 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2757 LyX takes care of that.
2758 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2760 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2761 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2762 of a page, and so on.
2766 \begin_layout Standard
2767 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2772 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2773 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2777 of these pre-coded spacings.
2778 We'll explain more later.
2781 \begin_layout Subsection
2782 Paragraph Separation
2783 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2784 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 To separate paragraphs, select
2807 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2809 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2810 name "Document ! Settings"
2816 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2817 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2818 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2821 \begin_layout Standard
2831 \begin_layout Standard
2832 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2834 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2835 reference "cap:Units"
2840 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2844 \begin_layout Subsection
2848 \begin_layout Standard
2849 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2852 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2853 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2856 dialog and toggle the
2861 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2862 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2863 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2867 \begin_layout Standard
2868 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2869 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2872 \begin_layout Subsection
2874 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2875 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2882 \begin_layout Standard
2885 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2887 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2888 name "Document ! Settings"
2894 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2903 \begin_layout Standard
2904 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2907 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2908 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2914 installed to use this feature.
2922 \begin_layout Section
2923 Paragraph Environments
2924 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2925 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2930 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2931 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2937 name "Paragraph environments|("
2944 \begin_layout Subsection
2948 \begin_layout Standard
2949 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2952 \begin_layout Standard
2972 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2973 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2974 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2983 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2986 \begin_layout Standard
2987 A paragraph environment is simply a
2988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2995 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
2996 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
2997 scheme, labels, and so on.
2998 Additionally, you can
2999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3006 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3007 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3008 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3009 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3010 days of typewriters.
3011 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3013 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3016 \begin_layout Standard
3017 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3019 LyX will change the environment of the
3023 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3024 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3025 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3029 \begin_layout Standard
3038 create a new paragraph using the
3042 paragraph environment.
3044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3051 because if you are in one of these environments:
3054 \begin_layout Itemize
3060 \begin_layout Itemize
3066 \begin_layout Itemize
3072 \begin_layout Itemize
3078 \begin_layout Itemize
3084 \begin_layout Itemize
3090 \begin_layout Itemize
3096 \begin_layout Standard
3097 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3101 , rather than resetting it to
3106 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3107 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3108 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3110 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3111 reference "sec:nest"
3116 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3121 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3122 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3130 \begin_layout Subsection
3134 \begin_layout Standard
3135 The default paragraph environment is
3140 It creates a plain paragraph.
3141 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3142 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3143 this manual) are in the
3150 \begin_layout Standard
3151 You can nest a paragraph using the
3155 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3163 \begin_layout Subsection
3165 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3166 name "Document !Title"
3173 \begin_layout Standard
3174 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3183 for thanks or contact information.
3184 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3185 page along with today's date.
3186 For other types of documents, the title
3187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3194 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3198 \begin_layout Standard
3199 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3213 Here's how you use them:
3216 \begin_layout Itemize
3217 Put the title of your document in the
3224 \begin_layout Itemize
3225 Put the author name in the
3232 \begin_layout Itemize
3233 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3234 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3240 Note that using this environment is optional.
3241 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3242 If you don't want any date, add the line
3252 to the preamble of your document (menu
3254 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3260 \begin_layout Standard
3261 You can use footnotes to insert
3262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3269 or contact informations.
3272 \begin_layout Subsection
3274 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3275 name "Section headings"
3280 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3288 \begin_layout Standard
3289 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3290 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3295 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3296 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3303 \begin_layout Standard
3304 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3308 \begin_layout Enumerate
3314 \begin_layout Enumerate
3320 \begin_layout Enumerate
3326 \begin_layout Enumerate
3332 \begin_layout Enumerate
3338 \begin_layout Enumerate
3344 \begin_layout Enumerate
3350 \begin_layout Standard
3351 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3352 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3353 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3356 \begin_layout Standard
3357 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3358 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3359 You group the book into chapters.
3360 LyX does similar grouping:
3363 \begin_layout Itemize
3368 is divided in either
3377 \begin_layout Itemize
3389 \begin_layout Itemize
3401 \begin_layout Itemize
3413 \begin_layout Itemize
3425 \begin_layout Itemize
3437 \begin_layout Standard
3438 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3441 \begin_layout Standard
3446 Not all document types use the
3450 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3455 is the top-level heading.
3463 \begin_layout Standard
3468 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3469 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3471 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3485 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3486 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3493 \begin_layout Standard
3494 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3498 \begin_layout Enumerate
3504 \begin_layout Enumerate
3510 \begin_layout Enumerate
3516 \begin_layout Enumerate
3522 \begin_layout Enumerate
3528 \begin_layout Standard
3530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3537 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3538 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3539 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3550 Changing the Numbering
3551 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3552 name "sub:numbering-depth"
3559 \begin_layout Standard
3560 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3561 in the Table of Contents.
3562 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3564 Certain classes start with
3578 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3588 This is something you can change.
3591 \begin_layout Standard
3594 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3601 name "Document ! Settings"
3609 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3613 you'll see two counters.
3618 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3620 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3624 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3625 Short Titles of Headings
3626 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3627 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3635 \begin_layout Standard
3642 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3643 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3650 \begin_layout Standard
3651 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3652 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3653 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3654 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3657 \begin_layout Standard
3658 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3659 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3660 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3661 To specify a short title, use the menu
3663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3668 This will insert a box labeled
3669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3684 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3685 This also works for captions inside floats.
3688 \begin_layout Standard
3689 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3696 \begin_layout Standard
3697 The following information applies to all section headings:
3700 \begin_layout Itemize
3701 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3704 \begin_layout Itemize
3705 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3708 \begin_layout Itemize
3709 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3712 \begin_layout Itemize
3713 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3716 \begin_layout Subsection
3717 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3720 \begin_layout Standard
3721 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3735 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3736 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3737 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3738 the text they contain.
3739 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3747 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3750 \begin_layout Standard
3751 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3760 when you start a new paragraph.
3761 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3765 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3766 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3767 to change back to the
3771 environment yourself.
3774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3784 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3790 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3798 \begin_layout Standard
3799 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3800 time for the differences.
3809 are identical except for one difference:
3813 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3822 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3825 \begin_layout Standard
3826 Here's an example of the
3839 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3841 See -- no indentation!
3845 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3846 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3847 the other paragraph.
3850 \begin_layout Standard
3851 Here's another example, this time in the
3858 \begin_layout Quotation
3864 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3865 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3866 the first line, then
3870 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3874 you were quoting other text.
3877 \begin_layout Quotation
3878 Here's a new paragraph.
3879 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3880 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3883 \begin_layout Standard
3884 As the examples show,
3888 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3889 They should put quotes in the
3894 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3898 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3907 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3908 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3915 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3921 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3929 \begin_layout Standard
3934 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3941 Which I did not rehearse!
3945 It could be much worse.
3946 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3948 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3949 indented a bit more than the first.
3950 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3957 And make things look fine
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3971 does not indent both margins.
3972 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3973 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3984 \begin_layout Subsection
3986 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3992 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4011 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4020 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4021 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4022 some general features of all four of them.
4025 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4029 \begin_layout Standard
4030 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4032 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4041 reset the environment to
4045 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4046 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4047 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4052 to break paragraphs.
4055 \begin_layout Standard
4056 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4057 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4059 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4060 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4062 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4063 reference "sec:nest"
4071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4077 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4078 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4083 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4091 \begin_layout Standard
4092 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4096 paragraph environment.
4097 It has the following properties:
4100 \begin_layout Itemize
4101 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4105 \begin_layout Itemize
4106 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4109 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4114 \begin_layout Itemize
4115 The items can have any length.
4116 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4117 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4124 \begin_layout Itemize
4129 environment inside another
4133 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4137 \begin_layout Itemize
4138 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4141 \begin_layout Itemize
4142 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4145 \begin_layout Itemize
4146 See section\InsetSpace ~
4148 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4149 reference "sec:nest"
4153 for a full explanation of nesting.
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4167 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4170 \begin_layout Standard
4171 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4172 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4173 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4176 \begin_layout Itemize
4177 The label for the first level
4181 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4185 \begin_layout Itemize
4186 The label for the second level is a dash.
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 Back out to the third level.
4205 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 Back to the second level.
4210 \begin_layout Itemize
4211 Back to the outermost level.
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4215 These are the default labels for an
4220 You can customize these labels in the
4222 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4225 dialog in the submenu
4232 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4233 name "Document ! Settings"
4240 \begin_layout Standard
4241 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4242 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4243 in section\InsetSpace ~
4245 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4246 reference "sec:nest"
4253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4259 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4260 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4265 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4266 name "sec:enumerate"
4273 \begin_layout Standard
4278 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4279 It has these properties:
4282 \begin_layout Enumerate
4283 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4287 \begin_layout Enumerate
4288 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4292 \begin_layout Enumerate
4293 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4296 \begin_layout Enumerate
4301 environment resets the counter to one.
4304 \begin_layout Enumerate
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4319 Items can have any length.
4322 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4326 \begin_layout Enumerate
4327 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4330 \begin_layout Enumerate
4331 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4344 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4345 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4352 \begin_layout Enumerate
4353 The first level of an
4357 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4361 \begin_layout Enumerate
4362 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4367 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4371 \begin_layout Enumerate
4372 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4375 \begin_layout Enumerate
4376 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4381 \begin_layout Enumerate
4382 Back to the third level
4386 \begin_layout Enumerate
4387 Back to the second level.
4391 \begin_layout Enumerate
4392 Back to the outermost level.
4395 \begin_layout Standard
4396 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4401 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4406 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4410 \begin_layout Standard
4411 There is more to nesting
4415 environments than we've stated here.
4416 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4418 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4419 reference "sec:nest"
4423 to learn more about nesting.
4426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4432 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4433 name "Lists ! Description"
4438 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4439 name "sec:descrlist"
4446 \begin_layout Standard
4447 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4451 list has no fixed label.
4452 Instead, LyX uses the first
4453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4460 of the first line as the label.
4464 \begin_layout Description
4465 Example: This is an example of the
4472 \begin_layout Standard
4473 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4477 \begin_layout Standard
4479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4486 it is meant that the first hit of the
4490 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4492 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4504 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4505 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4508 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4510 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4511 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
4515 for more info.) Here is an example:
4518 \begin_layout Description
4520 Example: This one shows how to use a
4522 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4532 \begin_layout Description
4533 Usage: You should use the
4537 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4538 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4540 It's not a good idea to use a
4544 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4545 You're better off using
4557 paragraphs into them.
4560 \begin_layout Description
4561 Nesting: You can nest
4565 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4569 \begin_layout Standard
4570 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4571 them from the first line.
4574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4580 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4581 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4586 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4594 \begin_layout Standard
4599 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4603 \begin_layout Standard
4612 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4613 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4616 \begin_layout Labeling
4617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4619 labels LyX uses the first
4620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4627 of each line as the item label.
4632 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4633 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4634 blank as described above.
4637 \begin_layout Labeling
4638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4639 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4640 the body of the item text.
4641 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4642 label width plus a little extra space.
4646 \begin_layout Labeling
4647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4649 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4651 If the label width is larger, the label
4652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4659 into the first line.
4660 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4661 margin of the rest of the item text.
4664 \begin_layout Labeling
4665 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4666 default\InsetSpace ~
4667 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4672 environment have the same left margin.
4674 To change the default width, select
4675 all items in the list.
4678 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4679 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4685 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4688 determines the default label width.
4689 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4698 multiple times instead.
4699 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4710 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4713 every time you alter a label in a
4719 The predefined default width is the length of
4720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4731 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4734 \begin_layout Standard
4739 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4740 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4748 \begin_layout Standard
4753 environment the same way like the
4757 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4763 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4767 \begin_layout Standard
4772 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4774 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4775 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4777 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4778 reference "sec:nest"
4782 to learn about nesting.
4785 \begin_layout Standard
4786 There is yet another feature of the
4790 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4792 You can use additional
4796 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4801 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4803 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4804 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4809 Here are some examples:
4812 \begin_layout Labeling
4813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4814 Left The default for
4821 \begin_layout Labeling
4822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4829 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4832 \begin_layout Labeling
4833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4842 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4845 \begin_layout Subsection
4847 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4855 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4868 \begin_layout Standard
4869 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4880 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4881 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4882 In contrast, you can use the
4891 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4892 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4896 \begin_layout Standard
4897 Of course, you're not limited to using
4912 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4913 some European academic papers.
4916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4918 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4919 name "sec:adress_usage"
4926 \begin_layout Standard
4931 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4932 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4938 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4939 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4940 Here's an example of each:
4943 \begin_layout Right Address
4950 When is it? What is today?
4953 \begin_layout Standard
4960 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4961 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4962 Here's an example of the
4969 \begin_layout Address
4972 Where do I send this
4974 Your post office and country
4977 \begin_layout Standard
4978 As you can see, both
4987 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
4992 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
4998 This makes sense, since
5006 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5007 Thus, you have to use
5017 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5018 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5026 menu) to start a new line in an
5038 \begin_layout Subsection
5042 \begin_layout Standard
5043 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5044 or list of references.
5045 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5052 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5060 \begin_layout Standard
5065 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5066 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5067 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5068 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5072 in anything else or vice versa.
5078 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5079 The book document classes ignores the
5083 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5087 in a letter document class.
5090 \begin_layout Standard
5095 environment does several things for you.
5096 First, it puts the centered label
5097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5105 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5107 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5108 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5109 the subsequent text.
5110 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5111 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5114 \begin_layout Standard
5115 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5119 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5120 The new paragraph will still be in the
5125 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5126 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5129 \begin_layout Standard
5130 \begin_inset Float figure
5135 \begin_layout Standard
5137 \begin_inset Graphics
5138 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5146 \begin_layout Standard
5147 \begin_inset Caption
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5150 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5151 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5172 \begin_layout Standard
5173 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5177 environment, but since this document is in the
5178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5185 class, we can't do this.
5186 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5188 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5189 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5194 If you've never heard of an
5195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5202 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5205 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5211 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5217 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5218 name "sub:biblio_environment"
5225 \begin_layout Standard
5230 environment is used to list references.
5231 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5232 only use it at the end of the document.
5237 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5240 \begin_layout Standard
5241 When you first open a
5245 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5261 depending on the document class.
5262 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5263 Each paragraph of the
5267 environment is a bibliography entry.
5272 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5273 Each new paragraph is still in the
5280 \begin_layout Standard
5281 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5282 in section\InsetSpace ~
5284 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5285 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5292 \begin_layout Subsection
5296 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5297 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5302 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5315 environment is another LyX extension.
5316 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5321 key as a fixed whitespace;
5325 \begin_layout Standard
5336 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5339 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5344 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5345 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5363 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5364 So, when you finish using the
5368 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5369 Also, you can nest the
5373 environment inside of others.
5376 \begin_layout Standard
5377 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5380 \begin_layout Itemize
5385 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 \begin_layout Itemize
5415 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5422 \begin_layout Itemize
5431 \begin_layout Itemize
5432 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5433 You must put at least one
5437 in any line you want blank.
5438 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5441 \begin_layout Itemize
5442 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5446 since that will insert
5451 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5459 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5466 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5470 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5474 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5478 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5482 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5483 printf("Hello World!
5488 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5492 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5496 \begin_layout Standard
5497 This is just the standard
5498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5509 \begin_layout Standard
5514 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5515 rc-files, and so on.
5516 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5517 as if you used a typewriter.
5518 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5519 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5526 \begin_layout Section
5527 Nesting Environments
5528 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5529 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5534 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5542 \begin_layout Subsection
5546 \begin_layout Standard
5547 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5549 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5551 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5553 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5565 \begin_layout Enumerate
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5588 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5589 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5591 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5597 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5605 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5606 will tell you how far you are nested).
5607 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5608 \begin_inset Graphics
5609 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
5614 \begin_inset Graphics
5615 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
5619 or the convenient key bindings
5627 to change the nesting level.
5628 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5629 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5633 \begin_layout Standard
5634 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5635 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5636 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5637 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5640 \begin_layout Standard
5641 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5642 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5644 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5647 \begin_layout Subsection
5648 What You Can and Can't Nest
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5653 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5656 \begin_layout Standard
5657 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5658 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5659 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5662 \begin_layout Itemize
5663 Completely unnestable
5666 \begin_layout Itemize
5667 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5668 other things inside of them.
5671 \begin_layout Itemize
5672 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5676 \begin_layout Standard
5677 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5678 environments have them:
5681 \begin_layout Description
5682 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5683 Can't nest into them.
5687 \begin_layout Itemize
5693 \begin_layout Itemize
5699 \begin_layout Itemize
5707 \begin_layout Itemize
5713 \begin_layout Itemize
5719 \begin_layout Itemize
5727 \begin_layout Itemize
5733 \begin_layout Itemize
5739 \begin_layout Itemize
5745 \begin_layout Itemize
5751 \begin_layout Itemize
5757 \begin_layout Itemize
5763 \begin_layout Itemize
5769 \begin_layout Itemize
5775 \begin_layout Itemize
5781 \begin_layout Itemize
5787 \begin_layout Itemize
5794 \begin_layout Description
5796 Nestable You can nest them.
5797 You can nest other things into them.
5801 \begin_layout Itemize
5807 \begin_layout Itemize
5813 \begin_layout Itemize
5819 \begin_layout Itemize
5825 \begin_layout Itemize
5831 \begin_layout Itemize
5837 \begin_layout Itemize
5843 \begin_layout Itemize
5850 \begin_layout Description
5851 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5852 You can't nest anything into them.
5856 \begin_layout Itemize
5862 \begin_layout Itemize
5869 \begin_layout Itemize
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5881 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5895 \begin_layout Subsection
5896 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5897 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5898 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5903 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5904 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5911 \begin_layout Standard
5912 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5913 affected by nesting anyhow.
5917 \begin_layout Itemize
5921 \begin_layout Itemize
5925 \begin_layout Itemize
5929 \begin_layout Standard
5931 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5934 \begin_layout Standard
5939 If you put a figure or a table in a
5943 , this is no longer true.
5948 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5950 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5951 reference "sec:Floats"
5955 for more informations about
5962 \begin_layout Standard
5963 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5964 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5968 \begin_layout Standard
5969 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5977 of its own, it behaves just like a
5978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5985 paragraph environment.
5986 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
5990 \begin_layout Standard
5991 Here's an example with a table:
5994 \begin_layout Enumerate
5999 \begin_layout Enumerate
6000 This is (a) and it's nested.
6004 \begin_layout Standard
6005 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6011 \begin_layout Standard
6013 \begin_inset Tabular
6014 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6018 <row topline="true">
6019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6022 \begin_layout Standard
6037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6040 \begin_layout Standard
6056 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6060 \begin_layout Standard
6075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6078 \begin_layout Standard
6101 \begin_layout Standard
6102 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6109 \begin_layout Enumerate
6111 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6115 \begin_layout Enumerate
6119 \begin_layout Standard
6120 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6123 \begin_layout Enumerate
6128 \begin_layout Enumerate
6129 This is (a) and it's nested.
6133 \begin_layout Standard
6134 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6140 \begin_layout Standard
6142 \begin_inset Tabular
6143 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6147 <row topline="true">
6148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6169 \begin_layout Standard
6185 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6189 \begin_layout Standard
6204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6207 \begin_layout Standard
6230 \begin_layout Standard
6231 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6237 \begin_layout Enumerate
6244 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6247 \begin_layout Enumerate
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6256 \begin_layout Standard
6257 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6259 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6262 \begin_layout Enumerate
6267 \begin_layout Enumerate
6268 This is (a) and it's nested.
6271 \begin_layout Standard
6272 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6280 \begin_inset Tabular
6281 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6283 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6285 <row topline="true">
6286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6289 \begin_layout Standard
6304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6323 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6327 \begin_layout Standard
6342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6345 \begin_layout Standard
6368 \begin_layout Standard
6369 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6375 \begin_layout Enumerate
6377 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6385 \begin_layout Enumerate
6389 \begin_layout Standard
6390 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6396 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6397 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6401 \begin_layout Subsection
6402 Usage and General Features
6403 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6404 name "sub:nest-Usage"
6411 \begin_layout Standard
6412 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6421 is the innermost possible depth.
6422 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6425 \begin_layout Enumerate
6426 level #1 - outermost
6430 \begin_layout Enumerate
6435 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 \begin_layout Enumerate
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6459 \begin_layout Standard
6460 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6461 both of them in the example.
6462 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6472 For example, if we tried to nest another
6477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6487 \begin_layout Subsection
6489 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6490 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6497 \begin_layout Standard
6498 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6499 We have several examples of nested environments.
6500 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6505 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6508 \begin_layout Labeling
6509 \labelwidthstring MMM
6510 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6519 \begin_layout Labeling
6520 \labelwidthstring MMM
6521 #2-a This is level #2.
6522 We created it by using
6534 \begin_layout Labeling
6535 \labelwidthstring MMM
6536 #3-a This is level #3.
6537 This time, we just hit
6546 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6559 \begin_layout Standard
6564 environment, nested inside of
6565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6573 So, it's at level #4.
6574 We did this by hitting
6582 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6587 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6603 \begin_layout Standard
6608 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6615 \begin_layout Labeling
6616 \labelwidthstring MMM
6617 #4-a This is level #4.
6622 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6627 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6631 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6636 keep nesting things inside of
6637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6648 \begin_layout Labeling
6649 \labelwidthstring MMM
6650 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6655 \begin_layout Labeling
6656 \labelwidthstring MMM
6657 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6658 and this is level #6.
6659 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6663 \begin_layout Labeling
6664 \labelwidthstring MMM
6665 #5-b Back to level #5.
6678 \begin_layout Labeling
6679 \labelwidthstring MMM
6688 , we're back at level #4.
6692 \begin_layout Labeling
6693 \labelwidthstring MMM
6694 #3-b Back to level #3.
6695 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6699 \begin_layout Labeling
6700 \labelwidthstring MMM
6701 #2-b Back to level #2.
6706 \begin_layout Labeling
6707 \labelwidthstring MMM
6708 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6709 After this sentence, we'll hit
6713 and change the paragraph environment back to
6720 \begin_layout Standard
6721 We could have also used the
6737 environment in place of the
6742 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6745 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6746 Example 2: Inheritance
6749 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6750 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6753 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6763 , after which, we'll change to the
6771 \begin_layout Enumerate
6776 environment, at level #2.
6779 \begin_layout Enumerate
6780 Notice how the nested
6784 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6788 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6792 \begin_layout Standard
6793 We ended this example by hitting
6798 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6802 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6810 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6822 \begin_layout Standard
6823 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6831 \begin_layout Enumerate
6832 This is level #1, in an
6836 paragraph environment.
6837 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6841 \begin_layout Enumerate
6852 Now, what happens if we nest an
6856 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6857 label be? An asterisk?
6861 \begin_layout Itemize
6871 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6872 So, its label is a bullet.
6873 (We got here by using
6881 , then changing the environment to
6889 \begin_layout Itemize
6890 Here's level #4, produced using
6899 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6904 \begin_layout Enumerate
6905 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6907 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6912 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6916 , because we are in the
6940 \begin_layout Enumerate
6945 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6946 type of numbering does LyX use?
6949 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6954 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6957 \begin_layout Enumerate
6962 to decrease the depth after the next
6970 \begin_layout Enumerate
6972 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6976 \begin_layout Enumerate
6978 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6979 numeral as the label.Why?
6982 \begin_layout Enumerate
6983 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
6992 Notice, however, that LyX
6996 reset the counter for the label.
7000 \begin_layout Enumerate
7009 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7010 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7011 into the twofold-nested
7019 \begin_layout Enumerate
7020 The same thing happens if we do another
7028 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7031 \begin_layout Standard
7032 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7037 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7051 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7057 The same rule applies for the
7061 environment, as well.
7064 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7065 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7068 \begin_layout Enumerate
7069 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7070 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7071 same detail with how we did it.
7080 \begin_layout Standard
7083 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7085 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7086 example in parentheses someplace.
7087 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7088 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7089 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7093 \begin_layout Enumerate
7098 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7103 Now we'll add verse.
7105 It will get much worse.
7109 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7115 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7117 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7129 \begin_layout Standard
7130 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7136 \begin_layout Standard
7138 \begin_inset Tabular
7139 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7147 \begin_layout Standard
7162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7165 \begin_layout Standard
7181 <row topline="true">
7182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7185 \begin_layout Standard
7200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7203 \begin_layout Standard
7230 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7234 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7240 \begin_layout Enumerate
7245 : level #1) This is another item.
7246 Note that selecting a
7250 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7251 3 times to put the table inside the
7259 \begin_layout Quotation
7260 We're now ending the
7264 list and changing to
7269 We're still at level #1.
7270 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7271 The next set of paragraphs is a
7272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7288 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7292 for the letter body.
7297 to preserve the depth.
7298 Remember that you need to use
7302 to create multiple lines inside the
7316 \begin_layout Right Address
7319 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7324 \begin_layout Address
7325 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7329 \begin_layout Quotation
7330 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7331 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7334 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7335 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7336 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7337 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7338 as soon as possible.
7339 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7342 \begin_layout Quotation
7343 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7344 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7345 with your order, along with payment.
7348 \begin_layout Quotation
7349 We thank you again for your patience.
7352 \begin_layout Address
7359 \begin_layout Quotation
7360 That ends that example!
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7365 just a few keystrokes.
7366 We could have easily nested an
7387 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7390 \begin_layout Section
7391 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7394 \begin_layout Subsection
7396 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7397 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7411 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7412 in a uniform fashion.
7413 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7414 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7415 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7416 equally between themselves.
7420 \begin_layout Standard
7425 can be inserted with
7427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7428 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7429 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7433 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7438 This is on the left side
7440 This is on the right
7463 \begin_layout Standard
7464 That was an example in the
7470 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7476 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7479 is one in a standard paragraph.
7480 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7484 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7489 Here's an example with the
7496 \begin_layout Labeling
7497 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7509 \begin_layout Standard
7511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7518 marks the beginning of the item.
7519 (There is actually a
7520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7527 HFill inside of the label of the
7531 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7540 situations, like two-column mode.
7543 \begin_layout Standard
7544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7547 \begin_layout Standard
7552 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7556 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7557 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7558 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7568 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7570 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7584 Other space variants
7585 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7586 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7593 \begin_layout Standard
7594 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7595 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7597 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7603 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7605 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7608 \begin_layout Paragraph
7612 \begin_layout Standard
7613 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7614 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7625 For example the command
7632 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7635 cm space within the following line:
7638 \begin_layout Standard
7640 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7647 \begin_layout Standard
7657 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7661 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7664 cm space between the arrows.
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7668 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7670 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7671 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7678 \begin_layout Paragraph
7682 \begin_layout Standard
7683 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7685 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7688 \begin_layout Standard
7689 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7692 What is correct English?:
7697 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7703 \begin_layout Standard
7719 \begin_layout Standard
7730 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7736 \begin_layout Standard
7737 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7748 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7755 In our case write the command
7762 (note the space after
7763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7770 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7771 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7772 That is why it is named
7773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7784 \begin_layout Standard
7785 There exists also the commands
7797 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7798 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7799 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7800 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7812 \begin_layout Subsection
7814 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7815 name "sec:vertspace"
7822 \begin_layout Standard
7823 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7825 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7826 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7827 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7831 There you find the following sizes:
7834 \begin_layout Standard
7847 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7852 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7854 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7856 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7857 name "Document ! Settings"
7863 for the paragraph separation.
7864 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7875 \begin_layout Standard
7880 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7881 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7883 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7884 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7893 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7897 \begin_layout Standard
7902 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7904 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7905 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7914 If there are several
7918 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7919 You can therefore use
7923 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7926 \begin_layout Standard
7931 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7933 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7934 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7945 \begin_layout Standard
7952 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7953 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7965 \begin_layout Subsection
7969 \begin_layout Standard
7970 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7972 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7976 There are four possibilities:
7979 \begin_layout Itemize
7985 \begin_layout Itemize
7991 \begin_layout Itemize
7997 \begin_layout Itemize
8003 \begin_layout Standard
8004 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8005 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8006 the left and right margins.
8007 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8012 This paragraph is right aligned,
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8017 this one is centered,
8020 \begin_layout Standard
8022 this one is left aligned.
8025 \begin_layout Subsection
8027 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8028 name "sec:pagebreak"
8035 \begin_layout Standard
8036 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8037 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8038 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8039 Only if you use many
8043 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8046 \begin_layout Standard
8047 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8048 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8052 have to change the pagebreaking.
8055 \begin_layout Standard
8056 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8058 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8061 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8066 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8067 that it fills out the complete page.
8068 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8069 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8070 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8081 \begin_layout Standard
8082 More about ERT is in section\InsetSpace ~
8084 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8095 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8096 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8101 normally one uses simply
8113 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8114 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8119 at the top of a page.
8120 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8121 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8122 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8123 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8125 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8126 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8137 \begin_layout Subsection
8141 \begin_layout Standard
8142 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8144 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8147 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8156 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8157 whole space between the page margins.
8158 This is necessary to avoid
8159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8166 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8167 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8179 The syntax is similar tho the command
8185 , described in the previous section.
8188 \begin_layout Standard
8189 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8190 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8191 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8192 set a linebreak, e.g.
8193 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8195 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8196 reference "sec:quote"
8201 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8202 reference "sec:Verse"
8207 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8208 reference "sec:adress_usage"
8215 \begin_layout Subsection
8217 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8218 name "sub:Protected-blanks"
8225 \begin_layout Standard
8228 protected\InsetSpace ~
8231 is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the line at that point.
8232 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8236 More information is given in section
8239 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8240 reference "sec:quote"
8248 \begin_layout Standard
8249 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between
8250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8266 A protected blank is inserted with
8268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8269 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8270 Protected\InsetSpace ~
8278 \begin_layout Subsection
8280 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8281 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8286 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8287 name "Horizontal lines"
8294 \begin_layout Standard
8299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8300 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8301 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8304 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8310 \begin_layout Section
8311 Fonts and Text Styles
8312 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8313 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8320 \begin_layout Subsection
8322 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8330 \begin_layout Standard
8331 There are two types of fonts:
8334 \begin_layout Description
8337 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8338 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8342 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8343 characters) in the font.
8344 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8345 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8346 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8347 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8348 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8349 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8350 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8351 provide a good image.
8353 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8354 size and scale them.
8355 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8356 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8357 sizes than at small ones.
8375 \begin_layout Description
8378 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8379 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8383 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8384 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8385 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8386 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8387 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8388 picture manipulation program.
8389 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8390 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8391 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8392 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8393 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8395 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8396 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8398 Bitmap fonts are named
8404 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8407 \begin_layout Standard
8408 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8409 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8410 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
8411 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
8415 \begin_layout Standard
8416 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
8417 its document properties.
8420 \begin_layout Standard
8421 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
8422 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
8423 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
8424 font to emphasize text, you use an
8425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8433 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
8434 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
8438 \begin_layout Subsection
8439 Document Font and Font size
8440 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8441 name "sub:Document-Font"
8446 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8452 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8453 name "Document ! Font"
8460 \begin_layout Standard
8461 You can set the document fonts in the
8463 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8468 name "Document ! Settings"
8473 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8487 The possible options for the font include
8491 and a list of fonts available on your system.
8496 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
8497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8518 European Computer Modern
8521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8531 \begin_layout Standard
8540 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
8541 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8546 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
8551 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
8557 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
8558 There are three ways to use one:
8561 \begin_layout Itemize
8562 One way is to use the
8572 Virtual means that it
8573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8584 -glyphs from other fonts.
8585 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
8587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8606 \begin_layout Standard
8607 Loading the LaTeX-package
8610 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8611 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
8617 with the document preamble line
8620 \begin_layout Standard
8625 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8629 will fix the guillemet problem.
8634 and that accented characters are not
8638 glyph, they are build of
8642 characters, the accent and the letter.
8643 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
8647 fonts for words with accented characters.
8648 If you search for example for the French word
8649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8656 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
8658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8665 and not for the glyph
8666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8673 \begin_layout Standard
8683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8687 \begin_inset Note Note
8690 \begin_layout Standard
8698 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
8699 to be accented with the grave.
8701 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
8702 in section\InsetSpace ~
8704 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8717 \begin_layout Itemize
8718 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
8722 \begin_layout Standard
8731 , consists of these three main font types
8758 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8759 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
8766 The differences between roman,
8775 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
8777 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8778 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
8789 was originally designed for newspapers.
8790 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
8791 into the small newspaper columns.
8797 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
8800 \begin_layout Itemize
8801 The best solution is to use the
8806 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
8813 \begin_layout Standard
8814 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
8817 For the font size there are four possible values:
8834 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
8837 \begin_layout Standard
8838 The font sizes are the
8843 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
8844 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
8845 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
8851 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
8853 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8854 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
8861 \begin_layout Standard
8862 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
8866 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8869 \begin_layout Standard
8874 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
8878 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
8879 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
8880 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
8882 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8885 dialog, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8887 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8888 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
8900 \begin_layout Subsection
8901 Using Different Character Styles
8902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8903 name "Character Styles"
8908 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8909 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
8916 \begin_layout Standard
8917 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
8918 certain paragraph environments.
8919 LyX supports two character styles,
8928 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
8932 \begin_layout Standard
8937 style, do one of the following:
8940 \begin_layout Itemize
8941 click on the toolbar button
8942 \begin_inset Graphics
8943 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
8950 \begin_layout Itemize
8957 \begin_layout Standard
8958 These commands are all toggles.
8963 style is already active, they deactivate it.
8966 \begin_layout Standard
8967 One typically uses the
8971 style for proper names.
8973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8980 is the original author of LyX.
8981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8987 \begin_layout Standard
8988 A more widely used character style is the
8993 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9000 \begin_layout Itemize
9001 clicking on the toolbar button
9002 \begin_inset Graphics
9003 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
9010 \begin_layout Itemize
9011 using the keybindings
9017 \begin_layout Standard
9022 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9023 es use a different font.
9026 \begin_layout Standard
9027 We've been using the
9031 style all over the place in this document.
9032 Here's one more example:
9035 \begin_layout Quotation
9038 Don't overuse character styles!
9041 \begin_layout Standard
9042 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9043 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9044 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9045 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9049 \begin_layout Standard
9050 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9057 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9064 \begin_layout Subsection
9065 Fine-Tuning with the
9070 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9071 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9076 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9082 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9083 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9090 \begin_layout Standard
9091 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9092 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9093 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9094 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9095 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9096 from ordinary dialog.
9099 \begin_layout Standard
9100 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9101 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9103 Documents that overuse
9104 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9105 has knocked huge holes in it.
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 To use custom character styles, open the
9111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9116 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9117 font property which you can choose.
9118 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9123 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9128 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9129 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9130 environments in a snap.
9133 \begin_layout Standard
9134 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9146 \begin_layout Labeling
9147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9161 The possible options are:
9165 \begin_layout Labeling
9166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9171 This is the Roman font family.
9172 Normally a serif font.
9173 It's also the default family.
9178 \begin_layout Standard
9196 \begin_layout Standard
9204 \begin_inset Note Note
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9209 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9211 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9212 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9224 \begin_layout Labeling
9225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9233 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9240 \begin_layout Standard
9258 \begin_layout Standard
9268 \begin_layout Labeling
9269 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9276 This is the Typewriter font family.
9283 \begin_layout Standard
9301 \begin_layout Standard
9314 \begin_layout Labeling
9315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9320 This corresponds to the print weight.
9325 \begin_layout Labeling
9326 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9331 This is the Medium font series.
9332 It's also the default series.
9335 \begin_layout Labeling
9336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9343 This is the Bold font series.
9350 \begin_layout Standard
9368 \begin_layout Standard
9379 \begin_layout Labeling
9380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9385 As the name implies.
9390 \begin_layout Labeling
9391 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9396 This is the Upright font shape.
9397 It's also the default shape.
9400 \begin_layout Labeling
9401 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9415 s the Italic font shape
9421 \begin_layout Labeling
9422 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9429 This is the Slanted font shape
9431 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
9434 \begin_layout Labeling
9435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9443 This is the Small caps font shape
9450 \begin_layout Labeling
9451 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9456 Alters the size of the font.
9457 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
9458 nal to the document font size.
9459 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
9460 what you want to do.
9465 \begin_layout Labeling
9466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9488 \begin_layout Standard
9506 \begin_layout Standard
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9535 \begin_layout Standard
9545 \begin_layout Labeling
9546 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9568 \begin_layout Standard
9586 \begin_layout Standard
9596 \begin_layout Labeling
9597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9619 \begin_layout Standard
9637 \begin_layout Standard
9648 \begin_layout Standard
9666 \begin_layout Standard
9676 \begin_layout Labeling
9677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9699 \begin_layout Standard
9717 \begin_layout Standard
9728 \begin_layout Standard
9746 \begin_layout Standard
9756 \begin_layout Labeling
9757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9771 It's also the default size.
9776 \begin_layout Standard
9794 \begin_layout Standard
9805 \begin_layout Standard
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9833 \begin_layout Labeling
9834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9856 \begin_layout Standard
9874 \begin_layout Standard
9885 \begin_layout Standard
9903 \begin_layout Standard
9913 \begin_layout Labeling
9914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9936 \begin_layout Standard
9954 \begin_layout Standard
9965 \begin_layout Standard
9983 \begin_layout Standard
9993 \begin_layout Labeling
9994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10016 \begin_layout Standard
10034 \begin_layout Standard
10044 \begin_layout Labeling
10045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 \begin_layout Standard
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10096 \begin_layout Standard
10114 \begin_layout Standard
10124 \begin_layout Labeling
10125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10147 \begin_layout Standard
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10176 \begin_layout Standard
10194 \begin_layout Standard
10205 \begin_layout Standard
10210 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10211 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10212 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10213 - use that instead.
10214 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10217 \begin_layout Labeling
10218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10223 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10228 \begin_layout Labeling
10229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10236 This is text with emphasize on
10239 This might seem like the same as
10243 , but it is actually a bit different.
10249 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10251 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10254 \begin_layout Labeling
10255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10262 This is text with Underbar on.
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10287 \begin_layout Standard
10300 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10301 when you couldn't change fonts.
10302 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10303 It's only included in LyX because some people
10307 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10310 \begin_layout Labeling
10311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10318 This is text with Noun on.
10325 , this is a logical attribute.
10326 Normally it's equivalent to
10335 \begin_layout Labeling
10336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10341 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10342 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10348 , which is the default
10349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10356 and means normally black, you can choose between
10391 \begin_layout Labeling
10392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10397 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10398 the language of the document.
10399 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10403 \begin_layout Standard
10404 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10405 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10411 dialog, the settings are saved.
10412 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10413 \begin_inset Graphics
10414 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
10419 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10420 when the dialog isn't visible.
10424 \begin_layout Standard
10425 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
10431 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
10432 (suppose you just set the shape to
10433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10450 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
10460 \begin_layout Standard
10461 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
10478 \begin_layout Itemize
10484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10491 font, that means every character has the same width, the
10492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10514 \begin_layout Standard
10527 \begin_layout Standard
10539 \begin_inset Note Note
10542 \begin_layout Standard
10543 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
10545 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
10546 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
10560 \begin_layout Itemize
10565 fonts use characters with serifs.
10566 These are the small
10567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10574 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
10575 The following example will show the difference:
10581 text without serifs
10585 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
10586 They are therefore used as default font (named
10593 \begin_layout Itemize
10599 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
10600 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
10603 \begin_layout Standard
10604 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
10605 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
10608 \begin_layout Section
10609 Printing and Previewing
10612 \begin_layout Subsection
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10617 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
10618 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
10619 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
10620 goes on behind-the-scenes.
10621 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
10623 Extended\InsetSpace ~
10629 \begin_layout Standard
10630 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
10631 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
10632 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
10633 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
10634 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
10635 This happens in two stages:
10638 \begin_layout Enumerate
10639 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
10640 generating a file with the extension,
10641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10655 \begin_layout Enumerate
10656 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
10660 file to produce printable output.
10664 \begin_layout Subsection
10665 Output file formats
10666 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10667 name "File formats"
10672 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
10673 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
10680 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10682 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10683 name "File formats ! ASCII"
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10691 This file type has the extension
10692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10704 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
10705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10708 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
10709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10715 \begin_layout Standard
10716 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
10718 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10719 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10725 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10727 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10728 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
10735 \begin_layout Standard
10736 This file type has the extension
10737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10748 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
10750 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
10751 it manually with console commands.
10752 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
10753 you view or export your document.
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10757 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
10759 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10760 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10765 \begin_layout Standard
10777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10779 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10780 name "File formats ! DVI"
10787 \begin_layout Standard
10788 This file type has the extension
10789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10809 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
10810 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
10811 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
10813 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
10817 \begin_layout Standard
10818 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10821 \begin_layout Standard
10826 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
10827 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
10832 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
10833 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
10834 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
10835 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
10838 \begin_layout Standard
10839 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
10841 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10842 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10850 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10851 name "File formats ! PostScript"
10858 \begin_layout Standard
10859 This file type has the extension
10860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10872 PostScript was developed by the company
10876 as printer language.
10877 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
10879 PostScript can be seen as
10880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10883 programming language
10884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10887 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
10891 \begin_layout Standard
10892 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
10898 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10899 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
10908 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
10911 \begin_layout Standard
10912 PostScript can only contain images in the format
10913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10916 Encapsulated PostScript
10917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10920 (EPS, file extension
10921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10933 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
10934 to convert them in the background to EPS.
10935 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
10936 whenever you view or export your document.
10937 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
10938 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
10939 EPS to avoid this problem.
10942 \begin_layout Standard
10943 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
10945 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10946 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10952 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10954 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10955 name "File formats ! PDF"
10960 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10968 \begin_layout Standard
10969 This file type has the extension
10970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10986 Portable Document Format
10987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10990 (PDF) is developed by
10994 as derivative from PostScript.
10995 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
10997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11004 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11005 looks exactly the same.
11008 \begin_layout Standard
11009 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11013 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11017 (JPG, file extension
11018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11045 Portable Network Graphics
11046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11049 (PNG, file extension
11050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11062 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11063 in the background to one of these formats.
11064 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11065 will slow down your workflow.
11066 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11069 \begin_layout Standard
11070 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11072 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11075 in three different ways:
11078 \begin_layout Description
11079 PDF This uses the program
11083 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11084 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11088 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11089 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11092 \begin_layout Description
11094 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11098 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11102 \begin_layout Description
11104 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11108 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11111 \begin_layout Standard
11112 We recommend to use
11121 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11127 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11130 \begin_layout Subsection
11132 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11133 name "Document ! Preview "
11140 \begin_layout Standard
11141 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11142 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11146 and choose a file type.
11147 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11150 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11153 you can use the toolbar button
11154 \begin_inset Graphics
11155 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
11165 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11169 you can use the toolbar button
11170 \begin_inset Graphics
11171 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.xpm
11178 \begin_layout Standard
11179 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11180 viewer window using the menu
11182 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11188 \begin_layout Standard
11189 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11191 To have a real output, export your document.
11194 \begin_layout Subsection
11195 Printing the File from within LyX
11196 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11197 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11204 \begin_layout Standard
11205 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11206 it directly from within LyX.
11207 To print a file, select the menu
11209 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11212 or click on the toolbar button
11213 \begin_inset Graphics
11214 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
11219 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11220 This file is then processed by the program
11224 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11229 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11232 \begin_layout Standard
11233 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11234 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11235 printing one set to print on the other side.
11236 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11237 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11238 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11242 You can set the parameters in the
11250 \begin_layout Labeling
11251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11256 This is the name of the printer to print to
11260 \begin_layout Standard
11261 Note that this printer name is for the program
11270 has to be configured for this printer name.
11271 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
11273 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11274 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
11284 The printer should understand PostScript.
11287 \begin_layout Labeling
11288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11293 The name of a file to print to.
11294 The output will be a PostScript file.
11295 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11299 \begin_layout Section
11300 A few Words about Typography
11301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11309 \begin_layout Subsection
11311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11317 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11325 \begin_layout Standard
11327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11338 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11353 \begin_layout Enumerate
11359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11373 \begin_layout Enumerate
11379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11388 \begin_layout Standard
11400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11406 \begin_layout Enumerate
11412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11421 \begin_layout Standard
11434 \begin_layout Standard
11446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11452 \begin_layout Enumerate
11456 \begin_inset Formula $-$
11462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11476 \begin_layout Standard
11477 You generate them by inserting the
11478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11489 character multiple times in a row.
11490 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
11491 final output, but not in LyX.
11494 \begin_layout Standard
11495 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
11496 math mode and has a length of its own.
11497 Here are some examples of the
11498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11512 \begin_layout Enumerate
11513 line- and page-breaks
11522 \begin_layout Enumerate
11532 \begin_layout Enumerate
11533 Oh --- there's a dash.
11542 \begin_layout Enumerate
11543 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
11555 \begin_layout Subsection
11557 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11563 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11564 name "sub:Hyphenation"
11571 \begin_layout Standard
11572 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
11573 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
11576 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11577 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
11583 following the rules of the document language
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
11595 German\InsetSpace ~
11601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11612 \begin_layout Standard
11613 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
11618 and with unusual constructs, like
11619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11627 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
11628 This is done with the menu
11630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11631 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11632 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
11636 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
11637 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
11640 \begin_layout Standard
11641 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
11642 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
11643 a hyphen and a space in the form
11644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11652 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
11653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11660 as hyphenation possibility.
11661 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
11662 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
11663 of the LaTeX-box-command
11669 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
11670 As LyX doesn't support
11676 , we have to use ERT.
11677 The result looks in LyX like:
11680 \begin_layout Standard
11681 \begin_inset Graphics
11682 filename clipart/mbox.png
11689 \begin_layout Standard
11690 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
11692 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11693 reference "sec:ERT"
11700 \begin_layout Subsection
11702 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11703 name "Punctuation marks"
11710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11711 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
11712 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11720 \begin_layout Standard
11721 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
11722 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
11723 LaTeX then adds the
11724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11727 appropriate amount of space
11728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11732 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
11734 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
11737 \begin_layout Standard
11738 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
11741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11752 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
11753 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
11756 \begin_layout Standard
11757 Here are some examples of
11761 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
11764 \begin_layout Itemize
11769 \begin_layout Itemize
11774 \begin_layout Standard
11775 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
11778 \begin_layout Itemize
11781 this is too much space!
11784 \begin_layout Itemize
11789 \begin_layout Standard
11790 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
11793 \begin_layout Standard
11794 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
11797 \begin_layout Enumerate
11800 Protected\InsetSpace ~
11803 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
11805 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11806 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
11813 \begin_layout Enumerate
11822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11823 Special\InsetSpace ~
11830 ) to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
11833 \begin_layout Standard
11834 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
11837 \begin_layout Itemize
11840 this is too much space!
11843 \begin_layout Itemize
11844 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
11848 \begin_layout Standard
11849 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
11850 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
11851 LaTeX will care about this.
11854 \begin_layout Standard
11855 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
11858 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11862 feature described in
11869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11871 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11872 name "Typography ! Quotes"
11877 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11878 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
11883 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11891 \begin_layout Standard
11892 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
11893 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
11894 and use a closing quote at the end.
11896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11904 The keyboard character,
11908 , generates this automatically.
11911 \begin_layout Standard
11912 You can change the behavior of the
11916 key using the submenu
11922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11926 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11927 name "Document ! Settings"
11932 Selecting the button
11940 key produce the sequence:
11941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11953 , in contrast, makes the
11958 \begin_inset Quotes els
11964 \begin_layout Standard
11965 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
11970 There are six choices:
11973 \begin_layout Labeling
11974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11986 Use quotes like this
11987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11995 \begin_inset Quotes els
11999 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12005 \begin_layout Labeling
12006 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12009 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12013 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12019 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12023 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12027 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12033 \begin_layout Labeling
12034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12037 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12041 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12047 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12051 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12055 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12059 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12065 \begin_layout Labeling
12066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12069 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12073 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12079 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12083 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12087 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12091 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12097 \begin_layout Labeling
12098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12101 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12105 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12111 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12115 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12119 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12123 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12129 \begin_layout Labeling
12130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12133 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12137 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12143 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12147 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12151 \begin_inset Quotes als
12155 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12161 \begin_layout Standard
12162 These options affects what character the
12169 \begin_layout Standard
12170 On the other hand, if you want to produce a plain text quote character,
12183 \begin_layout Subsection
12185 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12186 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12191 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12192 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12197 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12198 name "sec:ligatures"
12205 \begin_layout Standard
12206 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12207 print them as single characters.
12208 These groups are known as
12213 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12215 Here are the standard ligatures:
12218 \begin_layout Itemize
12222 \begin_layout Itemize
12226 \begin_layout Itemize
12230 \begin_layout Itemize
12234 \begin_layout Itemize
12238 \begin_layout Standard
12239 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12242 \begin_layout Standard
12243 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12244 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12252 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12268 To break a ligature, use
12270 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12271 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12272 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12288 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12305 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12313 \begin_layout Subsection
12315 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12316 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12321 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12322 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12329 \begin_layout Standard
12330 You have surely noticed, that the word
12331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12338 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12339 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12340 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12348 \begin_layout Standard
12356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12360 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12364 \begin_layout Description
12365 LyX The name of the game, write
12366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12373 \begin_layout Standard
12381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12387 \begin_layout Description
12388 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12396 \begin_layout Standard
12404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12410 \begin_layout Description
12411 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
12412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12419 \begin_layout Standard
12427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12433 \begin_layout Description
12434 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
12435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12442 \begin_layout Standard
12450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12456 \begin_layout Standard
12457 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
12458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12462 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
12466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
12471 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
12472 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
12475 : The actual version is
12476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12483 , the previous one was
12484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12494 \begin_layout Standard
12495 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
12496 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
12497 This will look in LyX like:
12498 \begin_inset Graphics
12499 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
12505 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
12507 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12508 reference "sec:ERT"
12515 \begin_layout Subsection
12517 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12518 name "Typography ! Units"
12525 \begin_layout Standard
12526 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
12527 space between two words.
12528 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
12531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12538 for units use the menu
12540 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12541 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12552 \begin_layout Standard
12553 Here's an example to show the differences:
12556 \begin_layout Standard
12557 \begin_inset Tabular
12558 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
12560 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
12561 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
12563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
12566 \begin_layout Standard
12569 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
12577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
12580 \begin_layout Standard
12581 space between number and unit
12588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
12591 \begin_layout Standard
12592 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12594 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
12602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
12605 \begin_layout Standard
12606 half space between number and unit
12619 \begin_layout Subsection
12621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12622 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
12627 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12635 \begin_layout Standard
12636 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
12638 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
12639 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
12640 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
12641 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
12642 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
12643 These dangly-bits of text became known as
12654 \begin_layout Standard
12655 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
12656 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
12657 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
12658 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
12659 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
12660 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
12661 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
12664 \begin_layout Standard
12665 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
12666 or how you can tweak that behavior.
12667 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
12669 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
12670 key "latexcompanion"
12676 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
12681 ] may have more information.
12682 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
12685 \begin_layout Chapter
12686 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
12687 \begin_inset OptArg
12690 \begin_layout Standard
12697 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12698 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
12705 \begin_layout Standard
12706 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
12711 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
12714 \begin_layout Section
12716 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12722 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12730 \begin_layout Standard
12731 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
12734 \begin_layout Description
12736 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
12739 \begin_inset Note Note
12742 \begin_layout Standard
12743 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
12751 \begin_layout Description
12752 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
12753 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
12755 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12756 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12757 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
12762 \begin_inset Note Comment
12765 \begin_layout Standard
12766 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
12774 \begin_layout Description
12775 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
12776 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
12781 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12784 \begin_layout Standard
12789 \begin_layout Standard
12790 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
12791 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
12792 How this can be done is explained in the
12794 Embedded\InsetSpace ~
12802 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
12811 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
12812 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
12815 \begin_layout Description
12816 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
12818 \begin_inset Note Framed
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
12827 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
12829 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12830 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
12834 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
12838 \begin_layout Description
12839 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
12840 \begin_inset Note Shaded
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
12849 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
12850 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
12853 \begin_layout Standard
12854 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
12855 \begin_inset Graphics
12856 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
12858 scaleBeforeRotation
12864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12868 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
12871 \begin_layout Section
12873 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12881 \begin_layout Standard
12882 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
12885 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12888 or the toolbar button
12889 \begin_inset Graphics
12890 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
12903 \begin_inset Graphics
12904 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
12914 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
12924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12943 label, the box will
12947 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
12948 Clicking on the box label again, will close
12961 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
12977 \begin_layout Standard
12978 Here's an example footnote:
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12987 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
12995 \begin_layout Standard
12996 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
12997 position where the footnote box is placed.
12998 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
12999 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13000 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13001 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13002 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13007 ey are described in the
13009 Embedded\InsetSpace ~
13015 \begin_layout Section
13017 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13018 name "Marginal notes"
13025 \begin_layout Standard
13026 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13027 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13030 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13033 or the toolbar button
13034 \begin_inset Graphics
13035 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
13055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 appearing within your text.
13063 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13072 \begin_layout Standard
13073 At the side is an example marginal note.
13077 \begin_inset Marginal
13080 \begin_layout Standard
13081 This is a marginal note.
13089 \begin_layout Standard
13090 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13091 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13092 pages, right on odd pages.
13095 \begin_layout Section
13096 Graphics and Images
13097 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13103 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13109 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13110 name "sec:Graphics"
13117 \begin_layout Standard
13118 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13119 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13120 \begin_inset Graphics
13121 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
13127 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13131 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13134 \begin_layout Standard
13135 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13140 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13141 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13142 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13144 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13146 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13147 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13154 \begin_layout Standard
13159 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13160 of the image in the output.
13161 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13173 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13176 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13177 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13185 \begin_layout Standard
13186 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13191 You can also set the
13195 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13196 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13198 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13199 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13209 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13210 image size is printed.
13213 \begin_layout Standard
13214 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13215 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13217 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13218 centered paragraph:
13221 \begin_layout Standard
13223 \begin_inset Graphics
13224 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13227 rotateOrigin center
13234 \begin_layout Standard
13235 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13236 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13238 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13239 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13246 \begin_layout Subsection
13248 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13249 name "Image formats"
13254 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13255 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13262 \begin_layout Standard
13263 You can insert images in any known file format.
13264 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13266 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13267 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13271 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13272 LyX uses therefore the program
13276 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13277 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13278 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13280 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13281 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13288 \begin_layout Standard
13289 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13292 \begin_layout Description
13293 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13294 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13295 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13296 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13300 Graphics Interchange Format
13301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13304 (GIF, file extension
13305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13317 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13318 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13326 Portable Network Graphics
13327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13330 (PNG, file extension
13331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13343 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13344 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13352 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13356 (JPG, file extension
13357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13381 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13382 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13389 \begin_layout Description
13390 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13391 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13393 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13394 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13395 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13398 calable image formats can be
13399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13402 Scalable Vector Graphics
13403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13406 (SVG, file extension
13407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13419 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13420 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
13425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13428 Encapsulated PostScript
13429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13432 (EPS, file extension
13433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13445 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13446 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
13451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13454 Portable Document Format
13455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13458 (PDF, file extension
13459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13471 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13477 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
13478 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
13479 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
13484 \begin_layout Standard
13485 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
13493 \begin_layout Standard
13494 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
13498 \begin_layout Section
13500 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13506 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13514 \begin_layout Standard
13515 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
13516 \begin_inset Graphics
13517 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
13524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13528 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
13529 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
13530 from the rest of the table.
13531 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
13532 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
13534 Here's an example table:
13537 \begin_layout Standard
13539 \begin_inset Tabular
13540 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
13542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
13545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
13546 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13550 \begin_layout Standard
13556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13586 \begin_layout Standard
13593 <row topline="true">
13594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13597 \begin_layout Standard
13612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13615 \begin_layout Standard
13621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13624 \begin_layout Standard
13630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13633 \begin_layout Standard
13640 <row topline="true">
13641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13644 \begin_layout Standard
13659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13662 \begin_layout Standard
13668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13671 \begin_layout Standard
13681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13684 \begin_layout Standard
13691 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13695 \begin_layout Standard
13710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13713 \begin_layout Standard
13719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13722 \begin_layout Standard
13728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13731 \begin_layout Standard
13745 \begin_layout Subsection
13749 \begin_layout Standard
13750 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
13751 brings up the table dialog.
13752 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
13753 where the cursor is placed currently.
13754 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
13755 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
13756 done on all of your selection.
13757 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
13761 of the cell, and the cell itself.
13762 If you can see a red border inside a cell, you only selected the cell content.
13765 \begin_layout Standard
13771 you can delete the current row/column and set the horizontal alignment
13772 for the current row.
13773 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
13774 current cell respectively.
13775 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
13777 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
13778 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
13780 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13781 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
13788 \begin_layout Standard
13789 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
13795 This will merge the cells to
13799 cell, spread over more than one column.
13800 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
13801 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
13802 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
13803 in the last row without the upper border:
13806 \begin_layout Standard
13808 \begin_inset Tabular
13809 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
13810 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
13811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13812 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
13813 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
13814 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
13815 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13819 \begin_layout Standard
13825 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13828 \begin_layout Standard
13834 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13837 \begin_layout Standard
13843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13846 \begin_layout Standard
13853 <row topline="true">
13854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13857 \begin_layout Standard
13872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13875 \begin_layout Standard
13881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13884 \begin_layout Standard
13890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13893 \begin_layout Standard
13900 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13910 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13913 \begin_layout Standard
13919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13922 \begin_layout Standard
13928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13931 \begin_layout Standard
13945 \begin_layout Standard
13946 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
13947 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
13948 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
13949 explained in the tables section of the
13951 Extended\InsetSpace ~
13955 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
13956 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13959 degrees counterclockwise.
13960 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
13963 \begin_layout Standard
13964 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13967 \begin_layout Standard
13972 Most DVI-viewers are
13976 able to display rotations.
13984 \begin_layout Standard
13989 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
13994 adds lines for all cell borders.
13997 \begin_layout Subsection
13999 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14000 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14007 \begin_layout Standard
14008 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14018 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14019 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14022 \begin_layout Description
14027 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14028 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14029 except for the first page, if
14037 \begin_layout Description
14043 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14044 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14047 \begin_layout Description
14052 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14053 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14054 except for the last page, if
14062 \begin_layout Description
14068 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14069 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14072 \begin_layout Standard
14073 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14074 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14075 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14076 The others will then be defined as
14081 In this context, first means first in this order:
14083 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14096 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14099 \begin_layout Standard
14101 \begin_inset Tabular
14102 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14103 <features islongtable="true">
14104 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14105 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14106 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14107 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14108 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14111 \begin_layout Standard
14114 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14119 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14122 \begin_layout Standard
14128 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14138 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14139 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14142 \begin_layout Standard
14150 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14153 \begin_layout Standard
14159 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14162 \begin_layout Standard
14171 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14172 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14175 \begin_layout Standard
14183 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14186 \begin_layout Standard
14192 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14195 \begin_layout Standard
14202 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14203 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14206 \begin_layout Standard
14214 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14217 \begin_layout Standard
14223 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14226 \begin_layout Standard
14235 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14236 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14239 \begin_layout Standard
14247 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14250 \begin_layout Standard
14256 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14259 \begin_layout Standard
14266 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14270 \begin_layout Standard
14278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14281 \begin_layout Standard
14287 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14290 \begin_layout Standard
14297 <row bottomline="true">
14298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14301 \begin_layout Standard
14309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14312 \begin_layout Standard
14318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14321 \begin_layout Standard
14328 <row bottomline="true">
14329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14332 \begin_layout Standard
14340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14343 \begin_layout Standard
14349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14352 \begin_layout Standard
14359 <row bottomline="true">
14360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14363 \begin_layout Standard
14371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14374 \begin_layout Standard
14380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14383 \begin_layout Standard
14390 <row bottomline="true">
14391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14394 \begin_layout Standard
14402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14405 \begin_layout Standard
14411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14414 \begin_layout Standard
14421 <row bottomline="true">
14422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14425 \begin_layout Standard
14433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14445 \begin_layout Standard
14452 <row bottomline="true">
14453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14456 \begin_layout Standard
14464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14467 \begin_layout Standard
14473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14476 \begin_layout Standard
14483 <row bottomline="true">
14484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14487 \begin_layout Standard
14495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14498 \begin_layout Standard
14504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14507 \begin_layout Standard
14514 <row bottomline="true">
14515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14518 \begin_layout Standard
14526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14529 \begin_layout Standard
14535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14538 \begin_layout Standard
14545 <row bottomline="true">
14546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14549 \begin_layout Standard
14557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14560 \begin_layout Standard
14566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14569 \begin_layout Standard
14576 <row bottomline="true">
14577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14580 \begin_layout Standard
14588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14600 \begin_layout Standard
14607 <row bottomline="true">
14608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14611 \begin_layout Standard
14619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14631 \begin_layout Standard
14638 <row bottomline="true">
14639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14642 \begin_layout Standard
14650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14653 \begin_layout Standard
14659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14662 \begin_layout Standard
14669 <row bottomline="true">
14670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14673 \begin_layout Standard
14681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14684 \begin_layout Standard
14690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14693 \begin_layout Standard
14700 <row bottomline="true">
14701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14704 \begin_layout Standard
14712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14715 \begin_layout Standard
14721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14724 \begin_layout Standard
14731 <row bottomline="true">
14732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14735 \begin_layout Standard
14743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14746 \begin_layout Standard
14752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14755 \begin_layout Standard
14762 <row bottomline="true">
14763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14766 \begin_layout Standard
14774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14777 \begin_layout Standard
14783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14786 \begin_layout Standard
14793 <row bottomline="true">
14794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14797 \begin_layout Standard
14805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14817 \begin_layout Standard
14824 <row bottomline="true">
14825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14828 \begin_layout Standard
14836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14839 \begin_layout Standard
14845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14848 \begin_layout Standard
14855 <row bottomline="true">
14856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14859 \begin_layout Standard
14867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14870 \begin_layout Standard
14876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14879 \begin_layout Standard
14886 <row bottomline="true">
14887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14890 \begin_layout Standard
14898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14901 \begin_layout Standard
14907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14910 \begin_layout Standard
14917 <row bottomline="true">
14918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14921 \begin_layout Standard
14929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14932 \begin_layout Standard
14938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14941 \begin_layout Standard
14948 <row bottomline="true">
14949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14963 \begin_layout Standard
14969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14972 \begin_layout Standard
14979 <row bottomline="true">
14980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14983 \begin_layout Standard
14991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14994 \begin_layout Standard
15000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15003 \begin_layout Standard
15010 <row bottomline="true">
15011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15014 \begin_layout Standard
15022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15025 \begin_layout Standard
15031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15041 <row bottomline="true">
15042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15045 \begin_layout Standard
15053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15056 \begin_layout Standard
15062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15065 \begin_layout Standard
15072 <row bottomline="true">
15073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15087 \begin_layout Standard
15093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15096 \begin_layout Standard
15103 <row bottomline="true">
15104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15107 \begin_layout Standard
15115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15118 \begin_layout Standard
15124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15127 \begin_layout Standard
15134 <row bottomline="true">
15135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15149 \begin_layout Standard
15155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15158 \begin_layout Standard
15165 <row bottomline="true">
15166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15169 \begin_layout Standard
15177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15189 \begin_layout Standard
15196 <row bottomline="true">
15197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15200 \begin_layout Standard
15208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15211 \begin_layout Standard
15217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15227 <row bottomline="true">
15228 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15231 \begin_layout Standard
15237 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15240 \begin_layout Standard
15246 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15249 \begin_layout Standard
15256 <row bottomline="true">
15257 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15260 \begin_layout Standard
15268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15271 \begin_layout Standard
15277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15280 \begin_layout Standard
15287 <row bottomline="true">
15288 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15291 \begin_layout Standard
15299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15302 \begin_layout Standard
15308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15311 \begin_layout Standard
15318 <row bottomline="true">
15319 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15322 \begin_layout Standard
15330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15333 \begin_layout Standard
15339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15342 \begin_layout Standard
15349 <row bottomline="true">
15350 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15353 \begin_layout Standard
15361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15364 \begin_layout Standard
15370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15373 \begin_layout Standard
15380 <row bottomline="true">
15381 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15384 \begin_layout Standard
15392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15404 \begin_layout Standard
15411 <row bottomline="true">
15412 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15415 \begin_layout Standard
15423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15426 \begin_layout Standard
15432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15435 \begin_layout Standard
15442 <row bottomline="true">
15443 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15446 \begin_layout Standard
15454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15457 \begin_layout Standard
15463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15466 \begin_layout Standard
15473 <row bottomline="true">
15474 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15477 \begin_layout Standard
15485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15488 \begin_layout Standard
15494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15497 \begin_layout Standard
15504 <row bottomline="true">
15505 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15508 \begin_layout Standard
15516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15519 \begin_layout Standard
15525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15528 \begin_layout Standard
15535 <row bottomline="true">
15536 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15539 \begin_layout Standard
15547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15559 \begin_layout Standard
15566 <row bottomline="true">
15567 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15570 \begin_layout Standard
15578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15581 \begin_layout Standard
15587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15590 \begin_layout Standard
15597 <row bottomline="true">
15598 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15601 \begin_layout Standard
15609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15621 \begin_layout Standard
15628 <row bottomline="true">
15629 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15632 \begin_layout Standard
15640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15643 \begin_layout Standard
15649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15652 \begin_layout Standard
15659 <row bottomline="true">
15660 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15663 \begin_layout Standard
15671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15674 \begin_layout Standard
15680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15683 \begin_layout Standard
15690 <row bottomline="true">
15691 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15694 \begin_layout Standard
15702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15705 \begin_layout Standard
15711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15714 \begin_layout Standard
15721 <row bottomline="true">
15722 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15725 \begin_layout Standard
15733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15736 \begin_layout Standard
15742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15745 \begin_layout Standard
15752 <row bottomline="true">
15753 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15756 \begin_layout Standard
15764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15767 \begin_layout Standard
15773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15776 \begin_layout Standard
15783 <row bottomline="true">
15784 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15787 \begin_layout Standard
15795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15798 \begin_layout Standard
15804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15807 \begin_layout Standard
15814 <row bottomline="true">
15815 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15818 \begin_layout Standard
15826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15829 \begin_layout Standard
15835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15838 \begin_layout Standard
15845 <row bottomline="true">
15846 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15849 \begin_layout Standard
15857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15860 \begin_layout Standard
15866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15869 \begin_layout Standard
15876 <row bottomline="true">
15877 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15880 \begin_layout Standard
15888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15891 \begin_layout Standard
15897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15900 \begin_layout Standard
15907 <row bottomline="true">
15908 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15911 \begin_layout Standard
15919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15922 \begin_layout Standard
15928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15931 \begin_layout Standard
15938 <row bottomline="true">
15939 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15942 \begin_layout Standard
15950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15953 \begin_layout Standard
15959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15962 \begin_layout Standard
15969 <row bottomline="true">
15970 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15973 \begin_layout Standard
15981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15984 \begin_layout Standard
15990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15993 \begin_layout Standard
16000 <row bottomline="true">
16001 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16004 \begin_layout Standard
16012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16015 \begin_layout Standard
16021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16024 \begin_layout Standard
16031 <row bottomline="true">
16032 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16035 \begin_layout Standard
16043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16046 \begin_layout Standard
16052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16055 \begin_layout Standard
16062 <row bottomline="true">
16063 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Standard
16074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16077 \begin_layout Standard
16083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Standard
16093 <row bottomline="true">
16094 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16097 \begin_layout Standard
16105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16108 \begin_layout Standard
16114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16117 \begin_layout Standard
16124 <row bottomline="true">
16125 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16128 \begin_layout Standard
16136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16139 \begin_layout Standard
16145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16155 <row bottomline="true">
16156 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16159 \begin_layout Standard
16167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16170 \begin_layout Standard
16176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16179 \begin_layout Standard
16186 <row bottomline="true">
16187 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16190 \begin_layout Standard
16198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16201 \begin_layout Standard
16207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Standard
16217 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16218 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16221 \begin_layout Standard
16229 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16232 \begin_layout Standard
16238 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16241 \begin_layout Standard
16255 \begin_layout Subsection
16257 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16258 name "Tables ! Cells"
16263 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16264 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16271 \begin_layout Standard
16272 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16273 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16274 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16275 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16279 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16280 for the cell's paragraph.
16283 \begin_layout Standard
16284 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16285 for the column in the table dialog.
16286 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16287 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16291 \begin_layout Standard
16293 \begin_inset Tabular
16294 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16297 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16299 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16303 \begin_layout Standard
16318 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16321 \begin_layout Standard
16336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16339 \begin_layout Standard
16356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16359 \begin_layout Standard
16374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16377 \begin_layout Standard
16387 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16395 \begin_layout Standard
16411 <row bottomline="true">
16412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16415 \begin_layout Standard
16430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16433 \begin_layout Standard
16443 This is longer now.
16448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16451 \begin_layout Standard
16467 <row bottomline="true">
16468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16471 \begin_layout Standard
16486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16489 \begin_layout Standard
16499 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16500 This is longer now.
16505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16508 \begin_layout Standard
16531 \begin_layout Standard
16532 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
16533 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16534 Selection with the mouse or with
16538 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16539 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
16540 the selection from outside the table.
16543 \begin_layout Section
16545 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16551 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16559 \begin_layout Standard
16560 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
16561 have a fixed location.
16563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16570 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
16577 Margin\InsetSpace ~
16580 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
16581 too much notes at the page.
16584 \begin_layout Standard
16585 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
16586 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
16587 and pages without text.
16588 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
16589 , every float can be referenced in the text.
16590 Floats are therefore numbered.
16591 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
16593 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16594 reference "sec:Cross-References"
16601 \begin_layout Standard
16602 To insert a float, use the menu
16604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16608 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
16611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16614 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16619 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
16620 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
16622 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
16623 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
16624 paragraph within the float.
16625 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
16626 by left-clicking on the box label.
16627 A closed float box looks like this:
16628 \begin_inset Graphics
16629 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
16634 -- a gray button with a red label.
16637 \begin_layout Standard
16638 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
16639 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
16642 \begin_layout Subsection
16646 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16649 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
16654 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16655 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
16662 \begin_layout Standard
16665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16666 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16669 inserts a float with the label
16670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16675 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16683 Set the cursor behind this label, press enter and insert the image as described
16684 above to get the caption printed below the image.
16685 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
16687 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16688 reference "cap:kill-plat"
16693 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
16694 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
16695 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
16697 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16698 reference "cap:escher"
16705 \begin_layout Standard
16706 \begin_inset Float figure
16711 \begin_layout Standard
16713 \begin_inset Graphics
16714 filename clipart/platypus.eps
16717 rotateOrigin center
16724 \begin_layout Standard
16725 \begin_inset Caption
16727 \begin_layout Standard
16728 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16729 name "cap:kill-plat"
16733 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
16746 \begin_layout Standard
16747 \begin_inset Float figure
16752 \begin_layout Standard
16753 \begin_inset Caption
16755 \begin_layout Standard
16756 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16770 \begin_layout Standard
16772 \begin_inset Graphics
16773 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
16776 rotateOrigin center
16788 \begin_layout Standard
16789 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
16791 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
16793 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16794 reference "sec:Cross-References"
16798 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
16800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16803 and refer to it using the menu
16805 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16809 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
16811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16818 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
16820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16830 \begin_layout Standard
16831 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
16832 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
16833 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
16839 in the appearing dialog, use the option
16843 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
16844 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16846 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16847 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
16851 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
16852 You can also set the images one below the other.
16855 \begin_layout Standard
16856 \begin_inset Float figure
16861 \begin_layout Standard
16865 \begin_inset Graphics
16866 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
16869 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
16876 \begin_inset Graphics
16877 filename clipart/platypus.eps
16881 subcaptionText "Platypus"
16890 \begin_layout Standard
16891 \begin_inset Caption
16893 \begin_layout Standard
16894 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16895 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
16899 Two distorted images.
16912 \begin_layout Standard
16913 Note that the caption is added to the
16919 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
16921 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16922 reference "sec:ListsOf"
16929 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16931 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16932 name "Floats ! Table floats"
16937 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16938 name "sec:Table-Floats"
16945 \begin_layout Standard
16946 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
16948 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16949 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16953 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
16957 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16958 reference "cap:a table float"
16962 is an example of a table float.
16965 \begin_layout Standard
16966 \begin_inset Float table
16971 \begin_layout Standard
16972 \begin_inset Caption
16974 \begin_layout Standard
16975 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16976 name "cap:a table float"
16988 \begin_layout Standard
16990 \begin_inset Tabular
16991 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
16993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16996 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Standard
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Standard
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Standard
17052 <row topline="true">
17053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17056 \begin_layout Standard
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Standard
17089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17092 \begin_layout Standard
17108 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17112 \begin_layout Standard
17122 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Standard
17143 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17145 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Standard
17166 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17187 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17189 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17190 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17197 \begin_layout Standard
17198 This float type is inserted with the menu
17200 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17201 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17205 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17206 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17210 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17212 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17213 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17220 \begin_layout Standard
17221 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17224 \begin_layout Standard
17229 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17235 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17238 \begin_layout Standard
17243 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17247 \begin_layout Standard
17248 to the document preamble (menu
17250 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17276 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17277 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17282 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17283 name "sec:floatflt"
17290 \begin_layout Standard
17291 This float type is used if you want to
17292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17299 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17301 It can be inserted using the menu
17302 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17307 \begin_layout Standard
17308 \begin_inset Graphics
17309 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17312 rotateOrigin center
17319 \begin_layout Standard
17320 \begin_inset Caption
17322 \begin_layout Standard
17323 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17324 name "cap:This-is-a"
17328 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17330 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17346 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17351 if the LaTeX-package
17356 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17357 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17365 \begin_layout Standard
17366 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17376 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17378 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17380 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17381 reference "cap:This-is-a"
17385 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17386 wrap float with a width of 40
17387 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17394 \begin_layout Standard
17395 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
17397 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17398 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17407 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
17411 \begin_layout Standard
17416 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
17417 If you need this, read the documentation of
17422 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
17430 \begin_layout Standard
17431 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17434 \begin_layout Standard
17440 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
17441 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
17442 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
17443 over some other text.
17447 \begin_layout Standard
17448 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
17453 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17454 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
17462 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
17475 \begin_layout Itemize
17476 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
17477 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
17478 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
17479 breaks will appear.
17482 \begin_layout Itemize
17483 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
17484 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
17487 \begin_layout Itemize
17488 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
17489 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
17492 \begin_layout Itemize
17493 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
17496 \begin_layout Subsection
17498 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17499 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
17504 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17505 name "Floats ! Rotating"
17512 \begin_layout Standard
17513 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
17514 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
17517 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
17523 \begin_layout Standard
17524 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
17525 a two-column document).
17526 They are normally rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin
17527 (They are rotated to the left in a two-sided document when they are on
17528 a page with an even number).
17529 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
17531 Embedded\InsetSpace ~
17537 \begin_layout Standard
17538 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
17539 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
17541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17542 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
17546 is an example of a rotated table float.
17549 \begin_layout Standard
17550 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17553 \begin_layout Standard
17558 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
17566 \begin_layout Standard
17567 \begin_inset Float table
17572 \begin_layout Standard
17573 \begin_inset Caption
17575 \begin_layout Standard
17576 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17577 name "cap:Rotated-table"
17589 \begin_layout Standard
17591 \begin_inset Tabular
17592 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
17594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
17599 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17603 \begin_layout Standard
17609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17612 \begin_layout Standard
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Standard
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Standard
17636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17639 \begin_layout Standard
17658 \begin_layout Subsection
17660 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17661 name "sub:Float-Placement"
17666 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17667 name "Floats ! Placement"
17674 \begin_layout Standard
17675 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
17676 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
17683 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
17684 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
17689 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
17692 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
17694 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17695 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
17702 \begin_layout Standard
17703 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
17704 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
17707 default\InsetSpace ~
17713 \begin_layout Description
17716 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
17719 \begin_layout Description
17722 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
17725 \begin_layout Description
17726 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
17728 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
17731 \begin_layout Description
17734 floats: try to place the float on an own page
17737 \begin_layout Standard
17738 The order of the above option is
17743 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
17756 , and then the others.
17757 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
17759 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
17760 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
17763 \begin_layout Standard
17764 By default, each options has its own rules:
17767 \begin_layout Standard
17774 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17775 % of the page can be placed at the top
17779 \begin_layout Standard
17782 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
17786 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17787 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
17791 \begin_layout Standard
17798 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17799 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
17800 can be set together on a page.
17803 \begin_layout Standard
17804 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
17807 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
17814 \begin_layout Standard
17815 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
17816 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
17817 For this case you can use the option
17823 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
17825 Because the float is then no longer able to
17826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17833 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
17836 \begin_layout Standard
17837 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
17838 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
17841 \begin_layout Standard
17842 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
17844 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
17845 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
17852 \begin_layout Standard
17856 \begin_layout Section
17858 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17866 \begin_layout Standard
17867 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
17869 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
17874 \begin_layout Standard
17875 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
17877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17881 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
17882 and its alignment within the page.
17885 \begin_layout Standard
17887 \begin_inset Box Frameless
17896 height_special "totalheight"
17899 \begin_layout Standard
17902 This is a minipage.
17903 The text is set in an italic style.
17906 \begin_layout Standard
17909 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
17910 another formatting.
17918 \begin_layout Standard
17919 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17922 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
17926 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17928 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17929 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
17934 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17940 \begin_layout Standard
17941 \begin_inset Box Frameless
17950 height_special "totalheight"
17953 \begin_layout Standard
17954 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
17955 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
17963 \begin_inset Box Frameless
17972 height_special "totalheight"
17975 \begin_layout Standard
17976 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
17977 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
17985 \begin_layout Chapter
17986 Mathematical Formulas
17987 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17993 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17994 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
17999 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18000 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18007 \begin_layout Section
18009 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18010 name "Math ! Basics"
18017 \begin_layout Standard
18018 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18019 \begin_inset Graphics
18020 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
18025 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18027 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18028 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18029 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18031 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18037 \begin_layout Standard
18038 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18043 , that appears when you right-click on a formula (also available with the
18046 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18047 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18057 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18058 somewhere on the screen.
18059 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18060 will insert a formula for you.
18063 \begin_layout Standard
18064 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18065 line, like this one:
18068 \begin_layout Standard
18069 This is a line with an inline formula
18070 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18076 \begin_layout Standard
18077 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18079 \begin_inset Formula \[
18084 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18087 \begin_layout Standard
18088 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18104 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18105 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18109 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18117 \begin_layout Subsection
18118 Navigating in Formulas
18119 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18120 name "Math ! Navigating"
18127 \begin_layout Standard
18128 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18129 achieved with the arrow keys.
18130 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18131 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18136 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18137 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18141 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18145 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18147 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18155 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18160 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18161 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18164 \begin_layout Standard
18169 , printed in this document as
18170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18177 \begin_layout Standard
18187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18191 \begin_inset Note Note
18194 \begin_layout Standard
18195 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18196 space character (visible space).
18201 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18202 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18203 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18208 For example, if you want
18209 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18220 \begin_layout Standard
18239 \begin_layout Standard
18252 \begin_layout Standard
18263 , since in the latter case only the
18266 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18271 will be under the square root sign:
18272 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18278 \begin_layout Standard
18279 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18281 \begin_inset Formula \[
18282 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18285 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18289 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18290 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18293 \begin_layout Subsection
18297 \begin_layout Standard
18298 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18299 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18303 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18304 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18305 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18306 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18307 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18310 \begin_layout Subsection
18312 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18313 name "Math ! Math Panel"
18318 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18319 name "sec:math-panel"
18326 \begin_layout Standard
18332 dialog is accessible by right-clicking on a formula or via the menu
18334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18338 It has an extensive list of symbols and structures.
18339 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18340 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18341 details in the following sections.
18344 \begin_layout Subsection
18345 Exponents and Subscripts
18346 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18347 name "Math ! Exponents"
18352 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18353 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18360 \begin_layout Standard
18361 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18362 way is to use a command.
18364 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18367 , type in a formula
18373 \begin_layout Standard
18389 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18395 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18399 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18408 \begin_layout Standard
18420 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18429 , you have to use an extra
18433 to separate the hat and the character.
18436 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
18445 \begin_layout Standard
18457 Subscripts are similar: To get
18458 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18467 \begin_layout Standard
18481 \begin_layout Subsection
18483 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18484 name "Math ! Fractions"
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18492 Create a fraction with either the command
18499 \begin_inset Graphics
18500 filename ../images/math/frac.xpm
18511 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
18512 The cursor is above the fraction line.
18513 To move it to the bottom, simply press
18518 To move back up, press
18523 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18524 \begin_inset Formula \[
18525 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18527 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18534 \begin_layout Subsection
18536 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18537 name "Math ! Roots"
18544 \begin_layout Standard
18545 Roots can be created using the
18551 \begin_inset Graphics
18552 filename ../images/math/sqrt.xpm
18575 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
18581 produces always a square root.
18584 \begin_layout Subsection
18585 Operators with Limits
18586 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18592 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18593 name "Math ! Integrals"
18598 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18599 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
18606 \begin_layout Standard
18608 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18612 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18615 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
18616 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18617 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18618 The sum operator will automatically place its
18619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18626 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
18629 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18633 \begin_inset Formula \[
18634 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
18638 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
18642 \begin_layout Standard
18643 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
18645 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
18646 behind the operator and hitting
18652 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18653 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18654 Change\InsetSpace ~
18655 Limits\InsetSpace ~
18661 \begin_layout Standard
18662 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18670 feature as addition, such as
18671 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18672 name "Math ! Limits"
18677 \begin_inset Formula \[
18678 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18682 which will place the
18683 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18695 In inline formulas it looks like this:
18696 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18702 \begin_layout Standard
18703 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
18710 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
18712 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18713 reference "sec:math-functions"
18717 for an explanation of function macros.
18720 \begin_layout Subsection
18722 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18723 name "Math ! Symbols"
18730 \begin_layout Standard
18731 Most math symbols can be found in the
18736 under one of several categories; including
18753 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18757 \begin_layout Standard
18758 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
18759 you don't have to use the
18764 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
18765 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
18768 \begin_layout Subsection
18770 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18771 name "Math ! Spaces"
18778 \begin_layout Standard
18779 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
18791 \begin_inset Graphics
18792 filename ../images/math/space.xpm
18797 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
18798 Here a example for the sequence
18803 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
18807 \begin_inset Graphics
18808 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
18813 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
18814 the space marker and hit space again several times.
18815 With every space hit the size will be changed.
18816 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
18821 \begin_layout Standard
18831 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
18837 \begin_layout Standard
18847 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
18853 \begin_layout Subsection
18855 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18856 name "Math ! Functions"
18861 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18862 name "sec:math-functions"
18869 \begin_layout Standard
18875 contains a number of functions, such as
18876 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18880 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18888 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
18895 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
18896 avoid confusions, because
18897 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
18901 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
18907 \begin_layout Standard
18908 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
18910 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
18914 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
18920 \begin_layout Standard
18921 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
18922 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
18924 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18925 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
18932 \begin_layout Subsection
18934 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18935 name "Math ! Accents"
18942 \begin_layout Standard
18943 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
18945 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
18946 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
18948 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
18951 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
18952 Our example is entered by typing
18960 \begin_layout Standard
18974 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18975 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
18979 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
18982 \begin_layout Standard
18983 \begin_inset Float table
18988 \begin_layout Standard
18989 \begin_inset Caption
18991 \begin_layout Standard
18992 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18993 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
18997 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19005 \begin_layout Standard
19007 \begin_inset Tabular
19008 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19013 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19017 \begin_layout Standard
19023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19026 \begin_layout Standard
19032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Standard
19051 <row topline="true">
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Standard
19070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19073 \begin_layout Standard
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Standard
19096 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19105 <row topline="true">
19106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19109 \begin_layout Standard
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Standard
19137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19140 \begin_layout Standard
19150 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19159 <row topline="true">
19160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19163 \begin_layout Standard
19178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19181 \begin_layout Standard
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Standard
19204 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19213 <row topline="true">
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Standard
19232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19235 \begin_layout Standard
19245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19248 \begin_layout Standard
19258 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19267 <row topline="true">
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Standard
19286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19289 \begin_layout Standard
19299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19302 \begin_layout Standard
19312 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19321 <row topline="true">
19322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19325 \begin_layout Standard
19340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19343 \begin_layout Standard
19353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19356 \begin_layout Standard
19366 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19375 <row topline="true">
19376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19379 \begin_layout Standard
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Standard
19407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19410 \begin_layout Standard
19420 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19429 <row topline="true">
19430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19433 \begin_layout Standard
19448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19451 \begin_layout Standard
19461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19464 \begin_layout Standard
19474 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19483 <row topline="true">
19484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19487 \begin_layout Standard
19502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19505 \begin_layout Standard
19515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19518 \begin_layout Standard
19528 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19537 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Standard
19547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Standard
19560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19563 \begin_layout Standard
19573 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19594 \begin_layout Standard
19595 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
19600 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19601 made within a formula too.
19604 \begin_layout Section
19605 Brackets and Delimiters
19606 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19607 name "Math ! Brackets"
19612 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19613 name "Math ! Delimiters"
19618 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19619 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
19626 \begin_layout Standard
19627 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19628 For most purposes, using just the keys
19633 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
19634 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
19640 \begin_inset Graphics
19641 filename ../images/math/delim.xpm
19646 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19648 \begin_inset Formula \[
19649 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19651 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
19655 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
19656 \begin_inset Formula \[
19657 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19664 \begin_layout Standard
19665 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
19666 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
19669 \begin_layout Standard
19670 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
19671 left side and right side.
19672 If you use the option
19677 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
19678 The selection will be shown below the button field.
19679 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19680 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
19683 \begin_layout Standard
19684 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
19685 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
19686 inside the brackets.
19687 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
19692 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19695 \begin_layout Standard
19696 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
19697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19707 \begin_layout Section
19709 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19710 name "Math ! Grouping"
19715 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19716 name "sec:Grouping"
19723 \begin_layout Standard
19724 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19725 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19736 \begin_layout Standard
19737 \begin_inset Formula \[
19738 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
19745 \begin_layout Standard
19746 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
19747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19761 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
19762 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
19763 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
19766 \begin_layout Section
19767 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
19768 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19769 name "Math ! Arrays"
19774 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19775 name "Math ! Matrices"
19780 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19781 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
19788 \begin_layout Standard
19789 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
19795 \begin_inset Graphics
19796 filename ../images/math/matrix.xpm
19801 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
19802 Here is an example:
19803 \begin_inset Formula \[
19804 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19807 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
19811 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
19813 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19814 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
19819 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
19820 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
19821 This alignment is set in the box
19826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19874 for every column as default.
19875 For example, the sequence
19876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19887 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
19888 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
19889 corresponds to the relevant column.
19890 The result will look like this:
19891 \begin_inset Formula \[
19893 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
19894 column & has & has\, right\\
19895 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
19902 \begin_layout Standard
19903 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
19907 while the cursor is in the matrix.
19908 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
19910 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19916 \begin_layout Standard
19917 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
19918 It can be created with the menu
19920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19921 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19933 \begin_inset Formula \[
19937 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
19944 \begin_layout Standard
19945 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
19948 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
19956 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
19965 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
19966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19973 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
19974 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
19975 A new row is created by every further hit of
19983 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
19984 Here is an example:
19985 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
19986 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
19987 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
19991 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
19992 where you want to start the shift and hit
19997 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
19998 position to the next column.
19999 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20000 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20001 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20002 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20009 \begin_layout Standard
20010 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20017 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20018 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20019 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20020 reference "eq:asquared"
20025 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20027 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20028 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20035 \begin_layout Section
20036 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20037 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20038 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20043 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20044 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20049 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20050 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20057 \begin_layout Standard
20058 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20060 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20061 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20062 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20071 The formula number appears in LyX as
20072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20079 within parentheses.
20081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20088 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20090 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20091 the document class.
20092 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20093 separated by a dot:
20094 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20095 1+1=2\end{equation}
20104 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20105 You can only number displayed formulas.
20108 \begin_layout Standard
20109 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20112 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20113 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20114 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20123 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20124 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20126 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20127 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20131 To number all lines use the shortcut
20139 \begin_layout Standard
20140 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20143 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20144 A label is inserted with the menu
20146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20149 when the cursor is in the formula.
20150 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20151 It is recommended to use the proposed
20152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20163 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20164 type when you have many labels in your document.
20165 We inserted in the following example the label
20166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20173 in the second line:
20174 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20175 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20176 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20180 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20181 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20191 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20193 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20198 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20199 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20200 as the formula number:
20203 \begin_layout Standard
20204 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20205 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20206 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20213 \begin_layout Standard
20214 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20216 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20217 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20222 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20228 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20232 \begin_layout Standard
20233 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20241 \begin_layout Section
20242 User defined math macros
20243 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20244 name "Math ! Macros"
20251 \begin_layout Standard
20252 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20253 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20254 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20257 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20258 \begin_inset Formula \[
20259 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20263 The general form of its solution is:
20264 \begin_inset Formula \[
20265 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20272 \begin_layout Standard
20273 The macro should print the parameters
20274 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20278 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20282 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20285 like in the equation above.
20288 \begin_layout Standard
20289 A macro is created by executing the command
20292 \begin_layout Standard
20299 \begin_layout Standard
20312 \begin_layout Standard
20321 Number\InsetSpace ~
20326 \begin_layout Standard
20327 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20328 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20329 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20330 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20334 \begin_layout Standard
20335 We have three arguments and name the macro
20336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20343 , so that the command is:
20346 \begin_layout Standard
20353 \begin_layout Standard
20366 \begin_layout Standard
20378 \begin_layout Standard
20379 This results in the following macro definition box:
20380 \begin_inset Graphics
20381 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20386 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20387 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20388 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20392 \begin_inset Note Note
20395 \begin_layout Standard
20396 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20397 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
20405 \begin_layout Standard
20406 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
20407 the math panel or commands.
20408 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
20409 followed by the argument number, e.g.
20411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20420 for the first argument.
20421 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
20422 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
20423 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
20424 in LyX with its full size.
20425 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
20426 In our example we insert the sequence
20456 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
20459 \begin_layout Standard
20460 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
20461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20475 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
20478 \begin_layout Standard
20480 \begin_inset Graphics
20481 filename clipart/macrouse.png
20488 \begin_layout Standard
20489 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
20490 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
20491 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
20492 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
20493 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
20496 \begin_layout Standard
20497 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
20498 to the new definition.
20499 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
20500 \begin_inset Formula $x$
20504 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
20508 \begin_inset Formula $B$
20512 \begin_inset Formula \[
20513 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
20520 \begin_layout Standard
20521 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
20525 \begin_layout Standard
20544 \begin_layout Standard
20559 \begin_layout Standard
20570 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20573 \begin_layout Standard
20574 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
20575 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
20576 definition box in your document.
20577 There are also some other restrictions: The command
20579 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
20581 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
20586 \begin_layout Section
20590 \begin_layout Subsection
20592 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20593 name "Math ! Typefaces"
20600 \begin_layout Standard
20601 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
20602 To set a font in a formula, use the
20608 \begin_inset Graphics
20609 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
20613 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
20615 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20616 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
20623 \begin_layout Standard
20624 \begin_inset Float table
20629 \begin_layout Standard
20630 \begin_inset Caption
20632 \begin_layout Standard
20633 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20634 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
20638 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
20646 \begin_layout Standard
20648 \begin_inset Tabular
20649 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20651 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20653 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20657 \begin_layout Standard
20663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20666 \begin_layout Standard
20673 <row topline="true">
20674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20677 \begin_layout Standard
20684 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20695 \begin_layout Standard
20706 <row topline="true">
20707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20710 \begin_layout Standard
20711 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20722 \begin_layout Standard
20733 <row topline="true">
20734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20737 \begin_layout Standard
20738 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20749 \begin_layout Standard
20760 <row topline="true">
20761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20764 \begin_layout Standard
20771 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20782 \begin_layout Standard
20793 <row topline="true">
20794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20797 \begin_layout Standard
20798 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
20806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20809 \begin_layout Standard
20820 <row topline="true">
20821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20824 \begin_layout Standard
20825 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20836 \begin_layout Standard
20847 <row topline="true">
20848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20851 \begin_layout Standard
20859 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20870 \begin_layout Standard
20881 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20885 \begin_layout Standard
20886 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20897 \begin_layout Standard
20920 \begin_layout Standard
20921 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20924 \begin_layout Standard
20929 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
20945 \begin_layout Standard
20946 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
20947 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
20952 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
20953 protected space when you need a space in the box.
20954 Here an example where a
20955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20966 denotes the set of numbers:
20967 \begin_inset Formula \[
20968 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
20975 \begin_layout Standard
20976 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
20987 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
20992 So better don't use this feature.
20995 \begin_layout Standard
20996 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
20997 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21002 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21008 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21009 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21015 \begin_layout Standard
21022 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21025 \begin_layout Standard
21026 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21028 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21029 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21036 \begin_layout Subsection
21038 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21046 \begin_layout Standard
21047 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21049 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21052 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21062 \begin_inset Graphics
21063 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
21067 (alternatively the shortcut
21073 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21074 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21075 Here is an example:
21076 \begin_inset Formula \[
21078 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21079 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21086 \begin_layout Subsection
21088 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21089 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21096 \begin_layout Standard
21097 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21098 automatically chosen in most situations.
21116 For most characters,
21124 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21125 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21130 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21131 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21132 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21133 \begin_inset Graphics
21134 filename ../images/math/style.xpm
21139 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21140 For example, you can set
21141 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21144 , which is normally in
21153 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21157 The four styles are used in the following example:
21160 \begin_layout Standard
21161 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21165 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21169 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21173 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21179 \begin_layout Standard
21180 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21181 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21183 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21187 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21188 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21189 will be adjusted to correspond.
21190 As example a formula in the font size
21191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21201 \begin_layout Standard
21205 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21211 \begin_layout Section
21213 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21219 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21227 \begin_layout Standard
21228 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21229 (AMS) that are in common use.
21232 \begin_layout Subsection
21233 Enabling AMS-Support
21236 \begin_layout Standard
21237 Selecting the checkbox
21246 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21250 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21251 name "Document ! Settings"
21260 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21262 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21263 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21266 \begin_layout Subsection
21268 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21269 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21274 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21275 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21282 \begin_layout Standard
21283 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21284 LyX allows you to choose between
21305 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21308 \begin_layout Chapter
21312 \begin_layout Section
21314 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21315 name "Cross references"
21320 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21321 name "sec:Cross-References"
21328 \begin_layout Standard
21329 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21330 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21332 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21333 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21334 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21337 \begin_layout Enumerate
21341 \begin_layout Enumerate
21342 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21343 name "enu:Second-item"
21350 \begin_layout Enumerate
21354 \begin_layout Standard
21355 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21357 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21360 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21361 \begin_inset Graphics
21362 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
21368 A grey label box like this:
21369 \begin_inset Graphics
21370 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21375 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21376 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21411 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
21412 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
21413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21427 \begin_layout Standard
21428 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
21430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21433 or the toolbar button
21434 \begin_inset Graphics
21435 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
21441 A grey cross-reference box like this:
21442 \begin_inset Graphics
21443 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
21448 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
21450 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
21451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21463 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
21465 Here is our cross-reference:
21468 \begin_layout Standard
21471 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21472 reference "enu:Second-item"
21479 \begin_layout Standard
21480 It is recommended to use a protected space
21484 \begin_layout Standard
21485 described in section\InsetSpace ~
21487 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21488 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
21497 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
21501 \begin_layout Standard
21502 There are six varieties of cross-references:
21505 \begin_layout Description
21506 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
21507 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21508 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21515 \begin_layout Description
21516 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
21517 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
21519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21527 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
21528 reference "eq:tanhExp"
21535 \begin_layout Description
21536 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
21538 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
21539 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21546 \begin_layout Description
21549 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
21550 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
21551 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21558 \begin_layout Description
21559 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
21562 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
21564 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
21565 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21572 \begin_layout Description
21573 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
21574 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
21577 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21580 \begin_layout Standard
21585 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
21588 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21589 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
21603 \begin_layout Standard
21604 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
21605 the previous, the same, or the next page.
21606 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
21609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21623 \begin_layout Standard
21624 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
21625 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
21626 The varieties are adjusted in the field
21630 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
21634 \begin_layout Standard
21635 You can only use the style
21639 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
21643 is always possible.
21644 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is
21645 on the previous, same, or next page.
21648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21662 \begin_layout Standard
21663 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
21664 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
21665 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
21666 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
21668 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21669 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
21676 \begin_layout Standard
21683 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
21684 The button text changes then to
21689 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
21690 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
21691 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
21695 \begin_layout Standard
21696 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
21697 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
21698 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
21701 \begin_layout Standard
21702 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
21703 marks in the output instead of the reference.
21706 \begin_layout Standard
21707 References are described in detail in the
21714 \begin_layout Section
21715 Table of Contents and other Listings
21716 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21717 name "Table of contents"
21722 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21728 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21736 \begin_layout Subsection
21737 Table of Contents and Outline
21738 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21739 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
21746 \begin_layout Standard
21747 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
21749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21750 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21756 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
21757 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
21758 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
21759 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
21766 \begin_layout Standard
21767 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
21768 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
21769 in section\InsetSpace ~
21771 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21772 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
21776 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
21777 Section\InsetSpace ~
21779 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21780 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
21784 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
21786 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
21787 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
21788 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
21791 \begin_layout Standard
21792 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
21794 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
21796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21802 \begin_layout Subsection
21803 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
21804 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21812 \begin_layout Standard
21813 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
21814 You can insert them via the
21816 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21820 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
21823 \begin_layout Section
21824 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21825 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21833 \begin_layout Standard
21834 It is often desirable to include long
21835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21842 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
21843 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
21844 to typeset properly.
21845 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21846 resulting in an overfull line.
21847 To avoid this, use the menu
21849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21852 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
21855 \begin_layout Standard
21856 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
21860 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
21865 \begin_layout Standard
21866 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21867 name "LyX-Homepage"
21868 target "http://www.lyx.org"
21875 \begin_layout Standard
21876 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21886 \begin_layout Itemize
21887 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21888 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21902 \begin_layout Itemize
21903 URLs must not end with a backslash!
21906 \begin_layout Section
21908 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21914 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21915 name "sec:Appendices"
21922 \begin_layout Standard
21923 Appendices are created with the menu
21925 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21927 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
21931 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
21932 as appendix region.
21933 The region is marked with a red borderline.
21936 \begin_layout Standard
21937 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
21938 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
21939 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
21940 and the subsection number.
21941 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
21945 \begin_layout Standard
21946 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
21948 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21949 reference "cha:Credits"
21953 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
21955 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21956 reference "sub:Export"
21963 \begin_layout Section
21965 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21966 name "Bibliography"
21971 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21972 name "sec:Bibliography"
21979 \begin_layout Standard
21980 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
21981 You can include a bibliography database
21985 \begin_layout Standard
21986 Known under the name
21987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21999 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22001 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22005 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22007 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22008 reference "sub:biblio_environment"
22015 \begin_layout Standard
22020 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22022 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22031 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22033 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22042 , a short form of its title, as key.
22045 \begin_layout Standard
22046 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22052 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22053 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22054 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22055 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22059 \begin_layout Standard
22060 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22061 with surrounding brackets.
22066 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22067 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22079 \begin_layout Standard
22082 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22085 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22086 key "latexcompanion"
22093 \begin_layout Standard
22094 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22095 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22103 \begin_layout Subsection
22104 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22105 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22106 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22111 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22112 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22119 \begin_layout Standard
22120 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22122 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22124 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22125 your working field in a database.
22126 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22127 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22130 \begin_layout Standard
22131 The database is a text file with the file extension
22132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22143 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22144 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22145 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22146 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22151 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22155 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22156 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22162 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22165 \begin_layout Standard
22166 To use a database, use the menu
22168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22173 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22178 \begin_layout Standard
22189 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22190 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22193 \begin_layout Standard
22194 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22206 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22207 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22208 take care of the layout.
22211 \begin_layout Standard
22212 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22215 \begin_layout Standard
22216 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22222 \begin_layout Standard
22223 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22225 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22236 \begin_layout Standard
22251 \begin_layout Standard
22262 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22270 \begin_layout Standard
22271 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22277 \begin_layout Standard
22278 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22279 the two methods of creating them.
22280 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22281 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22282 We used the style file
22286 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22289 \begin_layout Subsection
22290 Bibliography layout
22291 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22292 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22299 \begin_layout Standard
22300 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22301 For this feature you need to use the option
22307 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22312 name "Document ! Settings"
22321 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22322 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22323 in the previous section.
22326 \begin_layout Standard
22327 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22328 in the citation reference window.
22329 Here an example where we set the text
22330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22333 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22338 to appear after the reference:
22341 \begin_layout Standard
22343 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22345 key "latexcompanion"
22352 \begin_layout Section
22354 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22355 name "Index generation"
22362 \begin_layout Standard
22363 An index entry is created if you place the cursor behind the word or phrase
22364 that should appear in the index and then use the menu
22366 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22383 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the index entry.
22384 LyX propose the word before the cursor as entry.
22387 \begin_layout Standard
22388 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22391 \begin_layout Standard
22396 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
22397 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
22402 Therefore you cannot insert
22405 \begin_layout Standard
22411 \begin_layout Standard
22412 to an index entry field, because the
22413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22420 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns so that you will get
22422 The correct entry is
22425 \begin_layout Standard
22433 \begin_layout Standard
22434 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
22435 ways using special LaTeX commands.
22436 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
22437 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
22439 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22440 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22447 \begin_layout Standard
22448 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
22451 \begin_layout Standard
22452 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
22454 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22457 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22462 A light blue box labeled
22463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22474 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
22475 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
22478 \begin_layout Subsection
22479 Grouping Index Entries
22480 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22481 name "Index ! Grouping"
22488 \begin_layout Standard
22489 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
22491 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
22492 lists under the entry
22493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22501 First we create the entry
22502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22509 in section\InsetSpace ~
22511 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22512 reference "sub:Lists"
22517 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
22519 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22520 reference "sec:itemize"
22524 , we insert the command
22527 \begin_layout Standard
22533 \begin_layout Standard
22537 \begin_layout Standard
22543 \begin_layout Standard
22544 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
22546 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22547 reference "sec:enumerate"
22554 \begin_layout Standard
22555 The exclamation mark
22556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22563 marks the grouping levels.
22564 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
22565 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
22566 If we don't have an index entry for
22567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22574 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
22577 \begin_layout Subsection
22579 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22580 name "Index ! Page ranges"
22587 \begin_layout Standard
22588 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
22590 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
22591 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
22592 in section\InsetSpace ~
22594 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22595 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
22602 \begin_layout Standard
22605 Paragraph environments|(
22608 \begin_layout Standard
22609 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
22611 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22612 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
22619 \begin_layout Standard
22622 Paragraph environments|)
22625 \begin_layout Standard
22627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22650 respectively starts and ends the index range.
22651 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
22652 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
22653 the pages of the indexed document parts.
22654 An example is the index entry
22655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22658 Document ! Settings
22659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22665 \begin_layout Subsection
22667 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22668 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
22675 \begin_layout Standard
22676 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
22677 We referred for example in the index entry
22678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22685 (in section\InsetSpace ~
22687 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22688 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
22692 ) to the index entry
22693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22700 in the same section using the command
22703 \begin_layout Standard
22706 GIF|see{Image formats}
22709 \begin_layout Standard
22710 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
22711 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
22714 \begin_layout Subsection
22716 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22717 name "Index ! Entry order"
22724 \begin_layout Standard
22725 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
22726 then not follow the rules for the index order.
22727 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
22731 \begin_layout Standard
22732 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
22733 section\InsetSpace ~
22735 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22736 reference "sub:Index-Program"
22745 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
22746 We created as example the three dummy index entries
22747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22771 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22772 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
22777 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22778 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
22783 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22784 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
22788 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
22789 order maïs, maison, maître.
22790 To achieve this, we use the command
22793 \begin_layout Standard
22796 previous entry@current entry
22799 \begin_layout Standard
22800 In our case we want to have
22801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22816 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
22819 \begin_layout Standard
22825 \begin_layout Standard
22826 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
22827 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
22831 \begin_layout Subsection
22833 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22834 name "Index ! Entry layout"
22841 \begin_layout Standard
22842 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
22843 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
22846 \begin_layout Standard
22851 textit{This is an italic entry}
22854 \begin_layout Standard
22861 produces the italic layout.
22862 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22863 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
22867 We refer to LaTeX books (
22868 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22869 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22873 ) for an overview of layout commands.
22874 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
22875 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
22879 \begin_layout Standard
22884 textit{This is an italic entry}
22887 \begin_layout Standard
22888 You can also format the page number using the character
22889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22896 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
22897 We can write for example
22900 \begin_layout Standard
22903 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
22906 \begin_layout Standard
22907 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
22908 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22909 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
22913 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
22915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22930 command{page\InsetSpace ~
22934 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
22936 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22937 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
22941 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
22944 \begin_layout Standard
22945 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
22947 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
22948 for all index entries.
22951 \begin_layout Subsection
22953 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22954 name "Index ! Program"
22959 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22960 name "sub:Index-Program"
22967 \begin_layout Standard
22968 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
22973 This programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
22984 \begin_layout Standard
22999 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23005 Before you change something there, it is strongly recommended to read the
23006 manuals of the programs.
23009 \begin_layout Section
23010 Nomenclature / Glossary
23011 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23012 name "Nomenclature"
23017 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23018 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23025 \begin_layout Standard
23026 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23027 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23031 \begin_layout Standard
23032 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23035 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23036 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23043 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23044 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23049 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23052 \begin_layout Standard
23053 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23054 and then use the menu
23056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23061 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23077 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23080 \begin_layout Standard
23081 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23082 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23083 The second is the description of the symbol.
23086 \begin_layout Standard
23087 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23090 \begin_layout Standard
23095 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23096 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23104 \begin_layout Subsection
23105 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23106 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23107 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23114 \begin_layout Standard
23115 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23119 field as LaTeX-formula.
23121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23125 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23150 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23151 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23163 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23173 \begin_layout Standard
23174 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23176 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23177 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23184 \begin_layout Standard
23190 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23191 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23196 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23203 in this document is:
23207 dummy entry for the character
23229 font use the command
23258 \begin_layout Subsection
23259 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23260 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23261 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23268 \begin_layout Standard
23269 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23270 the symbol definition.
23271 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23272 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23275 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23277 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"\\nomnorefpage"
23284 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23288 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23291 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23296 They will be sorted by
23297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23323 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23326 will be sorted before the
23330 since the character
23331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23338 is considered in sorting.
23341 \begin_layout Standard
23342 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23347 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23348 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23350 For the given example, you can insert
23354 to this field for the
23355 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23362 will be located before
23363 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23369 \begin_layout Standard
23370 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23375 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23383 \begin_layout Subsection
23384 Nomenclature Options
23385 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23386 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
23393 \begin_layout Standard
23398 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
23399 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
23402 \begin_layout Description
23403 refeq Appends the phrase
23404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23419 to every nomenclature entry, where
23425 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
23428 \begin_layout Description
23429 refpage Appends the phrase
23430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23445 to every nomenclature entry, where
23451 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
23454 \begin_layout Description
23455 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
23458 \begin_layout Standard
23459 There are furthermore the options
23503 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
23507 \begin_layout Standard
23508 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
23509 class options list in the
23511 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23515 In this document the options
23526 \begin_layout Standard
23527 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23533 \begin_layout Standard
23534 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
23535 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
23540 field in the nomenclature dialog:
23543 \begin_layout Description
23553 \begin_layout Description
23556 nomrefpage Like the
23563 \begin_layout Description
23566 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
23575 \begin_layout Description
23578 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
23581 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
23584 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
23587 \begin_layout Standard
23594 was used in this document in the nomenclature entry for the
23595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23605 \begin_layout Subsection
23606 Printing the Nomenclature
23607 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23608 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
23615 \begin_layout Standard
23616 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
23618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23621 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23625 A light blue box labeled
23626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23637 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
23638 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
23641 \begin_layout Standard
23642 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
23643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23651 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
23659 For example, in order to change the name to
23663 , add the following line to the preamble:
23666 \begin_layout Standard
23674 nomname}{List of Symbols}
23677 \begin_layout Standard
23678 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
23684 \begin_layout Standard
23685 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
23686 by adding the following line to the preamble:
23689 \begin_layout Standard
23697 nomlabelwidth}{width}
23700 \begin_layout Standard
23703 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23705 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23706 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
23711 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
23715 \begin_layout Section
23717 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23723 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23724 name "Document ! Branches"
23729 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23730 name "sec:Branches"
23737 \begin_layout Standard
23738 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
23739 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
23740 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
23741 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
23744 \begin_layout Standard
23745 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
23746 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
23747 To create a branch, go in the
23749 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23757 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
23758 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
23761 \begin_layout Standard
23762 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
23763 These boxes are inserted via the menu
23765 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23768 where you can choose a branch.
23769 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
23772 \begin_layout Standard
23773 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
23774 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
23777 \begin_layout Standard
23778 \begin_inset Branch Question
23781 \begin_layout Standard
23782 Question: Who was the first Physics Nobel prize winner?
23790 \begin_layout Standard
23791 \begin_inset Branch Answer
23794 \begin_layout Standard
23795 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
23803 \begin_layout Section
23804 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
23805 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23813 \begin_layout Subsection
23815 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23821 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23822 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
23829 \begin_layout Standard
23830 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
23831 constructs, but not all.
23832 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
23833 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
23834 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
23835 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
23836 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
23837 and their commands.
23840 \begin_layout Standard
23841 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
23844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23851 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
23852 An ERT box is created by the menu
23854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23857 or by the toolbar button
23858 \begin_inset Graphics
23859 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
23864 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
23877 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
23878 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
23889 \begin_layout Standard
23890 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
23891 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
23892 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
23899 , you can write the command part
23905 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
23909 in a second ERT box behind the word.
23910 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
23914 \begin_layout Standard
23915 \begin_inset Graphics
23916 filename clipart/ERT.png
23924 \begin_layout Standard
23928 \begin_layout Standard
23929 This is a line with a
23933 \begin_layout Standard
23946 \begin_layout Standard
23956 \begin_layout Standard
23957 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23960 \begin_layout Standard
23965 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
23966 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
23974 \begin_layout Subsection
23975 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
23976 \begin_inset OptArg
23979 \begin_layout Standard
23986 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23987 name "LaTeX Syntax"
23992 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23993 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24000 \begin_layout Standard
24001 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24002 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24003 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24012 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24013 every time if you know the right commands.
24015 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24016 the end of the day.
24017 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24018 all caption labels bold.
24019 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24021 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24024 \begin_layout Standard
24025 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24026 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24027 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24029 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24037 \begin_layout Standard
24038 As result you know that the package
24043 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24044 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24049 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24051 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24057 \begin_layout Standard
24062 usepackage[options]{package name}
24065 \begin_layout Standard
24066 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24067 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24068 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24071 \begin_layout Standard
24072 In your case the package name is
24077 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24082 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24083 So you add the command
24086 \begin_layout Standard
24091 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24094 \begin_layout Standard
24095 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24098 \begin_layout Standard
24099 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24101 For example if you use a
24105 t class, you don't need the package
24109 , you can instead write
24112 \begin_layout Standard
24117 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24122 \begin_layout Standard
24123 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24124 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24125 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24133 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24136 \begin_layout Standard
24137 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24138 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24140 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24144 \begin_layout Standard
24145 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24147 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24148 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24156 \begin_layout Section
24157 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24158 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24159 name "Instant preview"
24164 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24165 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24170 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24171 name "Document ! Preview"
24178 \begin_layout Standard
24179 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24180 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24181 to break your train of thought with
24183 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24189 \begin_layout Standard
24190 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24191 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24194 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24195 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24201 as explained below, and turn on
24203 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24208 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24215 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24221 \begin_layout Standard
24222 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
24224 Previews of an already loaded document are
24228 generated just by selecting the
24230 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24233 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
24236 \begin_layout Standard
24237 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
24238 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
24243 check box in the insert dialog.
24244 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
24248 \begin_layout Standard
24249 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
24253 (on some systems named simply
24258 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
24259 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24264 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
24265 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
24273 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24278 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24284 \begin_layout Standard
24285 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
24289 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24293 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
24294 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
24296 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
24297 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
24298 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
24299 the source view window.
24302 \begin_layout Section
24304 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24305 name "sec:Spellchecking"
24310 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24311 name "Spell checking"
24318 \begin_layout Standard
24319 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
24320 Rather it uses one of the external programs
24337 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
24343 can be seen as successor of
24347 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
24352 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
24353 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
24361 \begin_layout Standard
24362 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
24363 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
24370 \begin_layout Standard
24373 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24376 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
24377 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
24378 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
24379 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
24380 scrolled so that it is visible.
24385 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
24387 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
24391 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
24392 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
24395 \begin_layout Standard
24396 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
24399 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24403 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
24404 will bring an error message.
24405 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
24406 specifying a different
24408 Alternative language
24410 in preferences dialog.
24413 \begin_layout Standard
24414 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
24417 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
24421 \begin_layout Standard
24422 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
24423 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
24425 But you can use the
24434 \begin_layout Standard
24435 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
24436 This does work with
24440 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
24443 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
24447 \begin_layout Standard
24452 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
24455 \begin_layout Description
24456 Escape\InsetSpace ~
24457 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
24458 checker should consider, e.g.
24459 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
24460 This should not normally be needed.
24463 \begin_layout Description
24464 Personal\InsetSpace ~
24465 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
24466 choice as your personal dictionary
24469 \begin_layout Description
24470 Accept\InsetSpace ~
24471 compound\InsetSpace ~
24472 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
24474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24484 \begin_layout Description
24487 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
24489 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24496 also for the spellchecker.
24500 \begin_layout Standard
24501 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
24503 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24504 reference "sub:Settings"
24513 Enable this if you can't spellcheck words with international letters in
24515 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
24516 so this is disabled by default.
24519 \begin_layout Section
24520 International Support
24521 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24522 name "International support"
24529 \begin_layout Standard
24530 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
24531 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
24532 how to set up LyX to use them:
24533 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24534 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
24541 \begin_layout Subsection
24543 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24544 name "Language options"
24549 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24550 name "Document ! Settings"
24555 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24556 name "Document ! Language"
24563 \begin_layout Standard
24566 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24569 dialog lets you set
24571 the language and character encoding for your language.
24575 \begin_layout Standard
24576 Choose your language in the
24582 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24591 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
24594 \begin_layout Standard
24599 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
24600 When you select the encoding
24607 Use language's default encoding
24609 , the encoding is used that LaTeX uses by default for the selected language,
24610 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24617 The different encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
24619 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24620 reference "sub:Settings"
24627 \begin_layout Standard
24628 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
24629 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
24630 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
24631 for that matter), the
24635 encoding is the right choice for most purposes.
24636 Besides this, you will find some alternative Unicode encodings for specific
24645 are provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean),
24649 , finally, should be chosen for
24653 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
24658 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24659 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
24667 \begin_layout Standard
24668 See section\InsetSpace ~
24670 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24671 reference "sub:Settings"
24683 \begin_layout Subsection
24684 Keyboard mapping configuration
24687 \begin_layout Standard
24688 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
24689 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
24690 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
24691 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
24692 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
24693 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
24694 which one you want to use.
24697 \begin_layout Standard
24698 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
24699 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
24700 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
24701 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
24702 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
24703 one to support the characters you want.
24704 This and much more customizations are explained in the
24711 \begin_layout Subsection
24713 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24721 \begin_layout Standard
24724 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24725 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
24734 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
24738 \begin_layout Standard
24739 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
24740 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
24748 \begin_layout Itemize
24749 Even if you have selected
24755 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24758 dialog, users who have only the
24762 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
24766 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
24767 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
24768 french quotes won't show up.
24771 \begin_layout Standard
24772 \begin_inset Float table
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24778 \begin_inset Caption
24780 \begin_layout Standard
24781 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24782 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
24798 \begin_layout Standard
24800 \begin_inset Tabular
24801 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
24803 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
24804 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24805 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24812 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24813 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24814 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24815 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24816 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24817 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24818 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24819 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
24820 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
24821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24824 \begin_layout Standard
24830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24833 \begin_layout Standard
24848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24851 \begin_layout Standard
24866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24869 \begin_layout Standard
24884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24887 \begin_layout Standard
24902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24905 \begin_layout Standard
24920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24923 \begin_layout Standard
24938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24941 \begin_layout Standard
24956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24959 \begin_layout Standard
24974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24995 \begin_layout Standard
25010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25013 \begin_layout Standard
25028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25031 \begin_layout Standard
25046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25049 \begin_layout Standard
25064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25067 \begin_layout Standard
25082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25085 \begin_layout Standard
25100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25103 \begin_layout Standard
25119 <row topline="true">
25120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25141 \begin_layout Standard
25147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25150 \begin_layout Standard
25156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25159 \begin_layout Standard
25165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25168 \begin_layout Standard
25182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25185 \begin_layout Standard
25199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25202 \begin_layout Standard
25216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25219 \begin_layout Standard
25233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25236 \begin_layout Standard
25250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25253 \begin_layout Standard
25259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25262 \begin_layout Standard
25268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25271 \begin_layout Standard
25277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25280 \begin_layout Standard
25294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25297 \begin_layout Standard
25311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25314 \begin_layout Standard
25328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25331 \begin_layout Standard
25345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25348 \begin_layout Standard
25363 <row topline="true">
25364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25367 \begin_layout Standard
25382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25385 \begin_layout Standard
25391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25403 \begin_layout Standard
25417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25420 \begin_layout Standard
25434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25437 \begin_layout Standard
25451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25454 \begin_layout Standard
25468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25471 \begin_layout Standard
25485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25505 \begin_layout Standard
25511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25540 \begin_layout Standard
25554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25557 \begin_layout Standard
25571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25574 \begin_layout Standard
25588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25591 \begin_layout Standard
25605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25623 <row topline="true">
25624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25645 \begin_layout Standard
25651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25654 \begin_layout Standard
25660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25683 \begin_layout Standard
25697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25751 \begin_layout Standard
25765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25768 \begin_layout Standard
25774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25777 \begin_layout Standard
25783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25786 \begin_layout Standard
25792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25795 \begin_layout Standard
25809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25812 \begin_layout Standard
25826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25829 \begin_layout Standard
25843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25846 \begin_layout Standard
25860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25863 \begin_layout Standard
25878 <row topline="true">
25879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25882 \begin_layout Standard
25897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25918 \begin_layout Standard
25932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25952 \begin_layout Standard
25966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25986 \begin_layout Standard
26000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26003 \begin_layout Standard
26017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26020 \begin_layout Standard
26026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26029 \begin_layout Standard
26035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26038 \begin_layout Standard
26052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26089 \begin_layout Standard
26103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26106 \begin_layout Standard
26120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26123 \begin_layout Standard
26138 <row topline="true">
26139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26142 \begin_layout Standard
26157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26160 \begin_layout Standard
26166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26169 \begin_layout Standard
26175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26178 \begin_layout Standard
26192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26195 \begin_layout Standard
26209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26212 \begin_layout Standard
26226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26229 \begin_layout Standard
26243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26246 \begin_layout Standard
26260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26263 \begin_layout Standard
26277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26280 \begin_layout Standard
26286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26289 \begin_layout Standard
26295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26298 \begin_layout Standard
26304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26307 \begin_layout Standard
26321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26324 \begin_layout Standard
26338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26341 \begin_layout Standard
26355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26358 \begin_layout Standard
26372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26390 <row topline="true">
26391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26394 \begin_layout Standard
26409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26412 \begin_layout Standard
26418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26421 \begin_layout Standard
26427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26430 \begin_layout Standard
26444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26447 \begin_layout Standard
26461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26464 \begin_layout Standard
26478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26498 \begin_layout Standard
26512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26515 \begin_layout Standard
26529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26532 \begin_layout Standard
26538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26541 \begin_layout Standard
26547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26550 \begin_layout Standard
26556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26559 \begin_layout Standard
26573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26576 \begin_layout Standard
26590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26593 \begin_layout Standard
26607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26610 \begin_layout Standard
26624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26627 \begin_layout Standard
26642 <row topline="true">
26643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26646 \begin_layout Standard
26661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26664 \begin_layout Standard
26670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26682 \begin_layout Standard
26696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26699 \begin_layout Standard
26713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26716 \begin_layout Standard
26730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26733 \begin_layout Standard
26747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26750 \begin_layout Standard
26764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26767 \begin_layout Standard
26781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26784 \begin_layout Standard
26790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26793 \begin_layout Standard
26799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26802 \begin_layout Standard
26808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26828 \begin_layout Standard
26842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26845 \begin_layout Standard
26859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26862 \begin_layout Standard
26876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26879 \begin_layout Standard
26894 <row topline="true">
26895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26898 \begin_layout Standard
26913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26916 \begin_layout Standard
26922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26925 \begin_layout Standard
26931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26934 \begin_layout Standard
26948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26951 \begin_layout Standard
26965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26968 \begin_layout Standard
26982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26985 \begin_layout Standard
26999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27002 \begin_layout Standard
27016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27019 \begin_layout Standard
27033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27036 \begin_layout Standard
27042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27045 \begin_layout Standard
27051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27054 \begin_layout Standard
27068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27071 \begin_layout Standard
27085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27088 \begin_layout Standard
27102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27105 \begin_layout Standard
27119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27122 \begin_layout Standard
27136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27139 \begin_layout Standard
27154 <row topline="true">
27155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27158 \begin_layout Standard
27173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27176 \begin_layout Standard
27182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27185 \begin_layout Standard
27191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27194 \begin_layout Standard
27208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27211 \begin_layout Standard
27225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27228 \begin_layout Standard
27242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27245 \begin_layout Standard
27259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27262 \begin_layout Standard
27276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27279 \begin_layout Standard
27293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27296 \begin_layout Standard
27302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27305 \begin_layout Standard
27311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27314 \begin_layout Standard
27328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27348 \begin_layout Standard
27362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27382 \begin_layout Standard
27396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27399 \begin_layout Standard
27414 <row topline="true">
27415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27418 \begin_layout Standard
27433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27436 \begin_layout Standard
27442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27445 \begin_layout Standard
27451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27471 \begin_layout Standard
27485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27488 \begin_layout Standard
27502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27505 \begin_layout Standard
27519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27522 \begin_layout Standard
27536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27539 \begin_layout Standard
27553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27556 \begin_layout Standard
27562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27565 \begin_layout Standard
27571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27574 \begin_layout Standard
27588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27591 \begin_layout Standard
27605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27642 \begin_layout Standard
27656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27674 <row topline="true">
27675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27678 \begin_layout Standard
27693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27696 \begin_layout Standard
27702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27705 \begin_layout Standard
27711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27714 \begin_layout Standard
27728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27748 \begin_layout Standard
27762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27765 \begin_layout Standard
27779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27799 \begin_layout Standard
27813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27816 \begin_layout Standard
27822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27825 \begin_layout Standard
27831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27834 \begin_layout Standard
27848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27851 \begin_layout Standard
27865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27868 \begin_layout Standard
27882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27934 <row topline="true">
27935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27938 \begin_layout Standard
27953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27965 \begin_layout Standard
27971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27974 \begin_layout Standard
27988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27991 \begin_layout Standard
28005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28008 \begin_layout Standard
28022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28025 \begin_layout Standard
28039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28042 \begin_layout Standard
28056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28059 \begin_layout Standard
28073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28076 \begin_layout Standard
28082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28085 \begin_layout Standard
28091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28094 \begin_layout Standard
28108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28111 \begin_layout Standard
28125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28128 \begin_layout Standard
28142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28162 \begin_layout Standard
28176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28179 \begin_layout Standard
28194 <row topline="true">
28195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28198 \begin_layout Standard
28213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28216 \begin_layout Standard
28222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28225 \begin_layout Standard
28231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28234 \begin_layout Standard
28248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28251 \begin_layout Standard
28265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28285 \begin_layout Standard
28301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28304 \begin_layout Standard
28318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28321 \begin_layout Standard
28335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28338 \begin_layout Standard
28344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28356 \begin_layout Standard
28370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28373 \begin_layout Standard
28387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28390 \begin_layout Standard
28404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28407 \begin_layout Standard
28421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28424 \begin_layout Standard
28438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28441 \begin_layout Standard
28456 <row topline="true">
28457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28460 \begin_layout Standard
28475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28478 \begin_layout Standard
28484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28487 \begin_layout Standard
28493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28496 \begin_layout Standard
28510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28513 \begin_layout Standard
28527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28530 \begin_layout Standard
28544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28547 \begin_layout Standard
28561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28564 \begin_layout Standard
28578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28581 \begin_layout Standard
28595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28598 \begin_layout Standard
28604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28607 \begin_layout Standard
28613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28616 \begin_layout Standard
28622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28625 \begin_layout Standard
28639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28642 \begin_layout Standard
28656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28659 \begin_layout Standard
28673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28676 \begin_layout Standard
28690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28693 \begin_layout Standard
28708 <row topline="true">
28709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28730 \begin_layout Standard
28736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28739 \begin_layout Standard
28745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28748 \begin_layout Standard
28762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28765 \begin_layout Standard
28779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28782 \begin_layout Standard
28796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28799 \begin_layout Standard
28813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28816 \begin_layout Standard
28830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28833 \begin_layout Standard
28847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28850 \begin_layout Standard
28856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28859 \begin_layout Standard
28865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28868 \begin_layout Standard
28882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28885 \begin_layout Standard
28899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28919 \begin_layout Standard
28933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28936 \begin_layout Standard
28950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28953 \begin_layout Standard
28968 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
28969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28990 \begin_layout Standard
28996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28999 \begin_layout Standard
29005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29008 \begin_layout Standard
29022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29025 \begin_layout Standard
29039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29042 \begin_layout Standard
29056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29059 \begin_layout Standard
29073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29076 \begin_layout Standard
29090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29093 \begin_layout Standard
29099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29102 \begin_layout Standard
29108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29120 \begin_layout Standard
29134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29137 \begin_layout Standard
29151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29154 \begin_layout Standard
29168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29171 \begin_layout Standard
29185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29188 \begin_layout Standard
29202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29205 \begin_layout Standard
29232 \begin_layout Standard
29233 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
29235 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
29236 also the characters from
29248 \begin_layout Itemize
29257 \begin_layout Standard
29258 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
29263 \begin_layout Standard
29264 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
29269 \begin_layout Standard
29270 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
29275 \begin_layout Standard
29276 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
29281 \begin_layout Standard
29287 \begin_layout Standard
29293 \begin_layout Standard
29300 \begin_layout Itemize
29313 \begin_layout Standard
29319 \begin_layout Standard
29325 \begin_layout Standard
29331 \begin_layout Standard
29337 \begin_layout Standard
29343 \begin_layout Standard
29350 \begin_layout Standard
29351 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
29352 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
29353 Also make sure you're using the
29360 \begin_layout Standard
29364 \begin_layout Chapter
29367 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
29368 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
29375 \begin_layout Standard
29376 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
29377 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
29378 inside the user's guide.
29381 \begin_layout Section
29385 \begin_layout Standard
29390 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
29391 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
29394 \begin_layout Subsection
29398 \begin_layout Standard
29399 Creates a new document.
29402 \begin_layout Subsection
29406 \begin_layout Standard
29407 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
29408 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
29409 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
29412 \begin_layout Subsection
29416 \begin_layout Standard
29420 \begin_layout Subsection
29424 \begin_layout Standard
29425 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
29426 Click there on a file to open it.
29429 \begin_layout Subsection
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29434 Closes the current document.
29437 \begin_layout Subsection
29441 \begin_layout Standard
29442 Saves the actual document.
29445 \begin_layout Subsection
29449 \begin_layout Standard
29450 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
29453 \begin_layout Subsection
29457 \begin_layout Standard
29458 Reloads the actual document from disk.
29461 \begin_layout Subsection
29465 \begin_layout Standard
29466 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
29467 It is described in the section
29469 Version Control in LyX
29473 Extended\InsetSpace ~
29479 \begin_layout Subsection
29483 \begin_layout Standard
29484 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
29485 text files (ASCII-files).
29486 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
29489 \begin_layout Standard
29490 When using the menu
29493 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
29496 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
29497 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
29498 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
29499 will start a new paragraph.
29502 \begin_layout Subsection
29504 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
29512 \begin_layout Standard
29513 You can export your document to various file formats.
29514 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
29515 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
29516 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
29519 \begin_layout Standard
29520 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
29521 section\InsetSpace ~
29523 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29524 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
29531 \begin_layout Description
29537 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
29538 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
29541 \begin_layout Description
29549 \begin_layout Description
29550 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
29554 \begin_layout Description
29557 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
29562 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
29570 \begin_layout Description
29577 \begin_layout Standard
29587 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
29588 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
29592 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
29595 \begin_layout Description
29602 \begin_layout Standard
29612 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
29613 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
29621 \begin_layout Description
29623 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
29624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29631 is replaced by the version number)
29634 \begin_layout Description
29635 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
29648 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
29652 \begin_layout Description
29657 PDF-format using the program
29662 \begin_layout Description
29668 PDF-format using the program
29673 \begin_layout Description
29679 PDF-format using the program
29684 \begin_layout Description
29693 \begin_layout Description
29700 text format, the document will first be converted to Pastscript format
29701 and then exported as text using the program
29706 \begin_layout Description
29711 PostScript format using the program
29716 \begin_layout Description
29724 \begin_layout Standard
29729 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
29730 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
29736 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
29739 \begin_layout Standard
29740 If one of the menu entries
29753 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
29754 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
29756 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29757 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
29762 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
29763 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
29770 \begin_layout Standard
29775 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
29776 the export program.
29779 \begin_layout Subsection
29783 \begin_layout Standard
29784 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
29785 or send it to a printer.
29786 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
29787 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
29793 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
29795 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29796 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
29803 \begin_layout Subsection
29804 New and Close Window
29807 \begin_layout Standard
29808 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
29809 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
29812 \begin_layout Section
29816 \begin_layout Subsection
29820 \begin_layout Standard
29821 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
29823 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29824 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
29831 \begin_layout Subsection
29832 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
29835 \begin_layout Standard
29836 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
29838 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29839 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
29846 \begin_layout Subsection
29850 \begin_layout Standard
29851 Selects the whole document.
29854 \begin_layout Subsection
29856 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
29857 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
29864 \begin_layout Standard
29865 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
29867 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29868 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
29875 \begin_layout Subsection
29876 Move paragraph Up/Down
29879 \begin_layout Standard
29880 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
29884 \begin_layout Subsection
29886 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
29887 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
29894 \begin_layout Standard
29895 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
29897 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29898 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
29905 \begin_layout Subsection
29907 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
29908 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
29915 \begin_layout Standard
29916 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
29918 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
29921 \begin_layout Standard
29922 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
29923 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
29926 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29937 \begin_layout Subsection
29941 \begin_layout Standard
29942 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
29943 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
29944 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
29946 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29947 reference "sec:tables"
29951 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
29953 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29954 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
29961 \begin_layout Subsection
29962 Increase / Decrease List Depth
29965 \begin_layout Standard
29966 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
29968 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
29970 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29971 reference "sec:nest"
29976 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29977 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
29984 \begin_layout Section
29988 \begin_layout Standard
29993 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
29994 document with an external program.
29995 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
29996 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
29997 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
29999 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30000 reference "sub:Export"
30005 You should at least see the menu entries
30015 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
30016 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
30018 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30019 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
30024 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30025 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
30032 \begin_layout Standard
30033 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
30034 The viewer can be set in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
30036 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30037 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
30042 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured or later
30046 \begin_layout Standard
30047 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30050 At the bottom of the
30054 menu the opened documents are listed.
30057 \begin_layout Subsection
30061 \begin_layout Standard
30062 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
30063 in section\InsetSpace ~
30065 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30066 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30073 \begin_layout Subsection
30077 \begin_layout Standard
30078 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
30079 opening a new view window.
30082 \begin_layout Subsection
30086 \begin_layout Standard
30087 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
30088 All toolbars and the
30090 Command\InsetSpace ~
30093 can be turned on and off.
30098 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
30116 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
30120 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
30127 \begin_layout Standard
30132 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
30136 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
30137 or when a certain feature is enabled.
30138 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
30139 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
30140 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
30143 \begin_layout Section
30147 \begin_layout Standard
30151 \begin_layout Section
30155 \begin_layout Standard
30156 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
30157 the current document.
30158 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
30161 \begin_layout Standard
30162 The Navigate menu also offers to
30165 \begin_layout Subsection
30169 \begin_layout Standard
30170 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
30171 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
30173 between section\InsetSpace ~
30175 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
30176 2.5 and use the menu
30180 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
30184 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
30188 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
30192 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
30204 \begin_layout Standard
30205 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
30206 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
30209 \begin_layout Subsection
30210 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
30213 \begin_layout Standard
30214 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
30218 \begin_layout Subsection
30222 \begin_layout Standard
30223 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
30224 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
30225 on a cross-reference box.
30228 \begin_layout Section
30232 \begin_layout Subsection
30236 \begin_layout Standard
30237 Not yet described in one of the manuals! (??)
30240 \begin_layout Subsection
30245 \begin_layout Standard
30255 \begin_layout Standard
30256 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
30258 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
30261 \begin_layout Standard
30262 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
30267 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
30270 \begin_layout Subsection
30274 \begin_layout Standard
30275 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
30277 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30278 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
30285 \begin_layout Subsection
30286 Start Appendix Here
30289 \begin_layout Standard
30290 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
30291 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
30293 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30294 reference "sec:Appendices"
30301 \begin_layout Subsection
30305 \begin_layout Standard
30306 Un/compresses the actual document.
30309 \begin_layout Subsection
30311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30312 name "Dialogs ! Document Settings"
30317 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30318 name "sub:Settings"
30323 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30324 name "Document ! Settings"
30331 \begin_layout Standard
30332 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
30334 You can save your document settings as default with the
30336 Save as Document Defaults
30338 button in the dialog.
30339 This will create a template named
30343 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
30347 \begin_layout Standard
30348 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
30351 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30355 \begin_layout Standard
30356 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
30357 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
30359 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30360 reference "sec:doc-classes"
30365 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
30370 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
30371 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
30374 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30378 \begin_layout Standard
30379 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
30381 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30382 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
30389 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30393 \begin_layout Standard
30394 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
30396 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
30400 \begin_layout Standard
30401 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
30402 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
30403 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
30406 \begin_layout Standard
30407 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
30410 Embedded\InsetSpace ~
30416 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30420 \begin_layout Standard
30421 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
30423 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30424 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
30429 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30430 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
30437 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30441 \begin_layout Standard
30442 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
30444 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30445 reference "sub:Margins"
30452 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30456 \begin_layout Standard
30457 The document language and quote styles are set here.
30458 The encoding is necessary to be able to enter characters in the document
30461 you want to enter the æ-ligature directly with the keyboard and not by
30462 using LaTeX-commands.
30465 \begin_layout Standard
30466 If you use the option
30468 use language's default encoding
30470 , the default encoding for the selected language is used.
30473 \begin_layout Standard
30474 Here is a list with the important encodings:
30477 \begin_layout Description
30478 amscii8 encoding for Armenian
30481 \begin_layout Description
30482 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
30485 \begin_layout Description
30486 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
30489 \begin_layout Description
30490 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
30493 \begin_layout Description
30494 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
30497 \begin_layout Description
30498 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
30501 \begin_layout Description
30502 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
30503 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
30506 \begin_layout Description
30507 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
30508 Serbian, and Ukrainian
30511 \begin_layout Description
30512 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
30515 \begin_layout Description
30516 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
30519 \begin_layout Description
30520 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
30523 \begin_layout Description
30524 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
30527 \begin_layout Description
30528 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
30529 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
30530 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
30534 \begin_layout Description
30535 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
30536 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
30539 \begin_layout Description
30540 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
30544 \begin_layout Description
30545 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
30548 \begin_layout Description
30549 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
30550 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
30553 \begin_layout Description
30554 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
30555 the euro currency sign, the
30559 \begin_layout Standard
30568 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
30569 be the replacement for latin1
30572 \begin_layout Description
30573 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
30576 \begin_layout Description
30577 utf8 code page for Unicode utf8
30580 \begin_layout Description
30581 UTF8 code page provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
30584 \begin_layout Description
30585 utf8-plain code page provided to be used with for
30593 \begin_layout Standard
30594 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
30595 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
30601 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
30606 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30607 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
30614 \begin_layout Description
30615 utf8x code page provided for CJK languages
30618 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30622 \begin_layout Standard
30623 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
30624 in section\InsetSpace ~
30626 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30627 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
30634 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30638 \begin_layout Standard
30639 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
30642 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30643 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
30654 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30655 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
30660 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
30662 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30663 reference "sec:Bibliography"
30670 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30674 \begin_layout Standard
30675 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
30678 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30679 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
30688 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30689 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
30695 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
30698 \begin_layout Standard
30703 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
30704 assure that you have enabled AMS.
30707 \begin_layout Standard
30712 is used for special integral characters.
30715 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30719 \begin_layout Standard
30720 The float placement options are described in section
30721 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
30725 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30726 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
30733 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30737 \begin_layout Standard
30738 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
30739 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
30741 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30742 reference "sec:itemize"
30749 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30753 \begin_layout Standard
30754 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
30756 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30757 reference "sec:Branches"
30764 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30769 \begin_layout Standard
30779 \begin_layout Standard
30780 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
30781 to define LaTeX-commands.
30782 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
30783 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
30787 \begin_layout Standard
30788 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
30790 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30791 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
30798 \begin_layout Section
30802 \begin_layout Subsection
30806 \begin_layout Standard
30807 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
30809 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30810 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
30817 \begin_layout Subsection
30819 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30820 name "Dialogs ! Thesaurus"
30827 \begin_layout Subsection
30829 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30837 \begin_layout Standard
30838 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
30842 \begin_layout Subsection
30847 \begin_layout Standard
30855 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30856 name "TeX Information"
30863 \begin_layout Standard
30864 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
30867 \begin_layout Subsection
30869 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30870 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
30877 \begin_layout Standard
30878 This menu reconfigures LyX.
30879 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
30881 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30882 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
30889 \begin_layout Subsection
30891 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30892 name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
30899 \begin_layout Standard
30900 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
30901 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
30905 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30906 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
30913 \begin_layout Section
30917 \begin_layout Standard
30918 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
30922 \begin_layout Standard
30928 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
30929 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
30931 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30932 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
30939 \begin_layout Section
30943 \begin_layout Standard
30944 \begin_inset Graphics
30945 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
30953 \begin_layout Standard
30954 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30958 \begin_layout Itemize
30961 \begin_inset Graphics
30962 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
30963 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30969 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
30972 \begin_layout Itemize
30975 \begin_inset Graphics
30976 filename ../images/buffer-new.xpm
30977 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30985 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30989 \begin_layout Itemize
30992 \begin_inset Graphics
30993 filename ../images/file-open.xpm
30994 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31002 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31006 \begin_layout Itemize
31007 \begin_inset Graphics
31008 filename ../images/buffer-write.xpm
31009 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31015 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31019 \begin_layout Itemize
31020 \begin_inset Graphics
31021 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
31022 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
31028 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31032 \begin_layout Itemize
31035 \begin_inset Graphics
31036 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.xpm
31037 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31041 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31045 \begin_layout Itemize
31048 \begin_inset Graphics
31049 filename ../images/undo.xpm
31050 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31058 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31062 \begin_layout Itemize
31065 \begin_inset Graphics
31066 filename ../images/redo.xpm
31067 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31079 \begin_layout Itemize
31080 \begin_inset Graphics
31081 filename ../images/cut.xpm
31082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31088 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31092 \begin_layout Itemize
31093 \begin_inset Graphics
31094 filename ../images/copy.xpm
31095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31101 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31105 \begin_layout Itemize
31106 \begin_inset Graphics
31107 filename ../images/paste.xpm
31108 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31114 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31118 \begin_layout Itemize
31119 \begin_inset Graphics
31120 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.xpm
31123 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31124 rotateOrigin center
31130 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31131 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31132 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31136 \begin_layout Itemize
31137 \begin_inset Graphics
31138 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
31139 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31143 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
31145 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31152 \begin_layout Itemize
31153 \begin_inset Graphics
31154 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
31155 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31159 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
31161 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31168 \begin_layout Itemize
31169 \begin_inset Graphics
31170 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
31171 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31175 Formats text using the current settings in the
31177 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31184 \begin_layout Itemize
31185 \begin_inset Graphics
31186 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
31187 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31193 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31194 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31195 Inline\InsetSpace ~
31199 \begin_layout Itemize
31200 \begin_inset Graphics
31201 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
31202 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31203 rotateOrigin center
31209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31213 \begin_layout Itemize
31214 \begin_inset Graphics
31215 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
31218 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31219 rotateOrigin center
31225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31229 \begin_layout Itemize
31230 \begin_inset Graphics
31231 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.xpm
31234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31235 rotateOrigin center
31239 Toggle outline window on/off
31241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31245 \begin_layout Itemize
31246 \begin_inset Graphics
31247 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.xpm
31250 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31251 rotateOrigin center
31255 Toggle math toolbar on/off
31258 \begin_layout Itemize
31259 \begin_inset Graphics
31260 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.xpm
31263 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31264 rotateOrigin center
31268 Toggle table toolbar on/off
31271 \begin_layout Standard
31272 \begin_inset Graphics
31273 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
31281 \begin_layout Standard
31282 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31286 \begin_layout Itemize
31287 \begin_inset Graphics
31288 filename ../images/layout.xpm
31291 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31292 rotateOrigin center
31299 \begin_layout Itemize
31300 \begin_inset Graphics
31301 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.xpm
31304 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31305 rotateOrigin center
31312 \begin_layout Itemize
31313 \begin_inset Graphics
31314 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.xpm
31317 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31318 rotateOrigin center
31325 \begin_layout Itemize
31326 \begin_inset Graphics
31327 filename ../images/layout_List.xpm
31330 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31331 rotateOrigin center
31338 \begin_layout Itemize
31339 \begin_inset Graphics
31340 filename ../images/layout_Description.xpm
31343 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31344 rotateOrigin center
31351 \begin_layout Itemize
31352 \begin_inset Graphics
31353 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
31356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31357 rotateOrigin center
31363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31364 Increase\InsetSpace ~
31369 \begin_layout Itemize
31370 \begin_inset Graphics
31371 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
31374 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31375 rotateOrigin center
31381 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31382 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
31387 \begin_layout Itemize
31388 \begin_inset Graphics
31389 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.xpm
31390 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31397 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31401 \begin_layout Itemize
31402 \begin_inset Graphics
31403 filename ../images/float-insert_table.xpm
31404 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31410 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31411 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31415 \begin_layout Itemize
31416 \begin_inset Graphics
31417 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
31418 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31424 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31428 \begin_layout Itemize
31429 \begin_inset Graphics
31430 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
31431 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31441 \begin_layout Itemize
31442 \begin_inset Graphics
31443 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.xpm
31444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31454 \begin_layout Itemize
31455 \begin_inset Graphics
31456 filename ../images/index-insert.xpm
31457 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31468 \begin_layout Itemize
31469 \begin_inset Graphics
31470 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
31471 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31481 \begin_layout Itemize
31482 \begin_inset Graphics
31483 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
31486 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31487 rotateOrigin center
31493 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31494 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
31498 \begin_layout Itemize
31499 \begin_inset Graphics
31500 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
31501 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31507 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31508 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31513 \begin_layout Itemize
31514 \begin_inset Graphics
31515 filename ../images/url-insert.xpm
31516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31526 \begin_layout Itemize
31527 \begin_inset Graphics
31528 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
31529 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31542 \begin_layout Standard
31554 \begin_layout Itemize
31555 \begin_inset Graphics
31556 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.xpm
31557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31564 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31569 \begin_layout Itemize
31570 \begin_inset Graphics
31571 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.xpm
31574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31575 rotateOrigin center
31581 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31586 \begin_layout Itemize
31587 \begin_inset Graphics
31588 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.xpm
31591 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31592 rotateOrigin center
31598 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31599 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
31603 \begin_layout Itemize
31604 \begin_inset Graphics
31605 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.xpm
31608 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31609 rotateOrigin center
31615 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31619 \begin_layout Standard
31620 It is possible to define custom toolbars.
31621 This is described in the
31629 \begin_layout Chapter
31635 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31636 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
31641 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31642 name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
31649 \begin_layout Standard
31650 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31652 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
31655 \begin_layout Section
31659 \begin_layout Subsection
31661 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31669 \begin_layout Standard
31670 At first a note: You have to restart LyX before changes in .ui and .bind-files
31674 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31675 User Interface File
31678 \begin_layout Standard
31679 The appearance of both the menu and toolbar can both be changed by choosing
31685 For the moment, only one file exists, the
31690 A .ui-file is a text file where the menu and toolbar entries are listed.
31691 To create a new .ui-file, start with a copy of the default.ui from the folder
31692 lyx/share/lyx/ui and edit the entries.
31695 \begin_layout Standard
31700 files is straightforward.
31713 entries must be ended with an explicit
31738 s and in the case of the
31739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31751 One small word of warning.
31756 s may be inserted in a
31764 , but they are defined as
31775 \begin_layout Standard
31776 Now an example: Assuming you use the menu
31778 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31781 quite often and therefore want four available bookmarks, you can simply
31786 Item "Save Bookmark 4" "bookmark-save 4"
31788 Item "Goto Bookmark
31789 4" "bookmark-goto 4"
31793 to the navigate menu section in the .ui-file to have
31794 the fourth bookmark.
31797 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31799 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31800 name "sec:bindings"
31807 \begin_layout Standard
31808 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
31809 Several prepackaged binding files are available:
31812 \begin_layout Description
31813 cua.bind set of bindings (as the typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts)
31816 \begin_layout Description
31817 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
31828 \begin_layout Description
31829 mac.bind set of bindings for Mac
31830 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
31836 \begin_layout Standard
31837 There are also bind file for designed to them with special document classes,
31838 like broadway.bind) and bind files for special languages.
31839 The language bind file names begin with a language code, e.g.
31841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31849 LyX supports internationalization of the user interface, see section\InsetSpace ~
31851 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31852 reference "sec:Selecting-an-alternative"
31857 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
31861 \begin_layout Standard
31862 Some bind files, like math.bind, have only a small scope.
31863 When looking at the the end of the file cua.bind, you can see that they
31864 are included to keep the overview in the bind file.
31867 \begin_layout Standard
31868 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the .bind-file
31869 s with a text editor and don't forget to load the modified files into LyX
31879 files is straightforward:
31882 \begin_layout Standard
31887 bind <key combination> <lyx-function>
31890 \begin_layout Standard
31891 Both key combination and lyx-function (including any arguments) must be
31892 enclosed in "double quotes".
31893 All the LyX functions are listed in the
31900 \begin_layout Subsection
31904 \begin_layout Standard
31905 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
31906 Notice that this section only deals with the fonts
31911 The fonts that appear on the
31919 are independent from these fonts, and are set in the menu
31921 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31927 \begin_layout Standard
31928 By default, LyX uses
31940 (depends on the system) as sans serif font, and
31944 as monospaced/typewriter font.
31947 \begin_layout Standard
31952 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
31955 \begin_layout Standard
31956 The Font Sizes are adjusted as letter height in units of points.
31957 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31958 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31959 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
31961 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31962 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
31967 The font sizes are the same as used for a document font size of 10
31968 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
31972 They are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
31974 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31975 reference "sub:Document-Font"
31982 \begin_layout Subsection
31986 \begin_layout Standard
31987 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
31988 Just choose an item in the list and use the
31995 \begin_layout Subsection
31999 \begin_layout Standard
32000 Here could you specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
32003 \begin_layout Standard
32004 The button instant preview is used to enable previewing snippets of your
32006 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32008 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32009 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
32016 \begin_layout Subsection
32020 \begin_layout Standard
32022 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
32023 can use the keyboard map file named
32028 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating
32030 These keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and doesn't work on
32034 \begin_layout Section
32038 \begin_layout Section
32042 \begin_layout Section
32046 \begin_layout Subsection
32050 \begin_layout Standard
32055 is the language used in new documents.
32056 The Language package should always be babel.
32057 babel translates in the background automatically text labels to the document
32059 A text label is for instance the word
32060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32067 at the beginning of every table-caption.
32074 is a LaTeX-command to use the package babel.
32075 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, look at section\InsetSpace ~
32077 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32078 reference "sec:ERT"
32085 \begin_layout Standard
32093 \begin_layout Standard
32094 There are also the following options in the menu:
32097 \begin_layout Description
32099 babel whether babel is used or not
32102 \begin_layout Description
32106 \begin_layout Description
32111 \begin_layout Description
32116 \begin_layout Description
32118 foreign\InsetSpace ~
32119 languages text marked formatted in a language different from
32120 the document language will be blue underlined
32123 \begin_layout Description
32127 language\InsetSpace ~
32128 support enables the use of languages, written from right
32129 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi
32132 \begin_layout Subsection
32136 \begin_layout Standard
32137 The spellchecker setting are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32139 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32140 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
32147 \begin_layout Section
32151 \begin_layout Subsection
32155 \begin_layout Subsection
32159 \begin_layout Standard
32160 %a locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)
32163 \begin_layout Standard
32165 %A locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday)
32168 \begin_layout Standard
32170 %b locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)
32173 \begin_layout Standard
32175 %B locale's full month name, variable length (January..December)
32178 \begin_layout Standard
32180 %c locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989)
32183 \begin_layout Standard
32185 %C century (year divided by 100 and truncated to an integer) [00-99]
32188 \begin_layout Standard
32190 %d day of month (01..31)
32193 \begin_layout Standard
32198 \begin_layout Standard
32200 %e day of month, blank padded ( 1..31)
32203 \begin_layout Standard
32205 %F same as %Y-%m-%d
32208 \begin_layout Standard
32210 %g the 2-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
32213 \begin_layout Standard
32215 %G the 4-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
32218 \begin_layout Standard
32223 \begin_layout Standard
32228 \begin_layout Standard
32233 \begin_layout Standard
32235 %j day of year (001..366)
32238 \begin_layout Standard
32243 \begin_layout Standard
32248 \begin_layout Standard
32253 \begin_layout Standard
32258 \begin_layout Standard
32263 \begin_layout Standard
32265 %N nanoseconds (000000000..999999999)
32268 \begin_layout Standard
32270 %p locale's upper case AM or PM indicator (blank in many locales)
32273 \begin_layout Standard
32275 %P locale's lower case am or pm indicator (blank in many locales)
32278 \begin_layout Standard
32280 %r time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
32283 \begin_layout Standard
32285 %R time, 24-hour (hh:mm)
32288 \begin_layout Standard
32290 %s seconds since `00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC' (a GNU extension)
32293 \begin_layout Standard
32295 %S second (00..60); the 60 is necessary to accommodate a leap second
32298 \begin_layout Standard
32300 %t a horizontal tab
32303 \begin_layout Standard
32305 %T time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
32308 \begin_layout Standard
32310 %u day of week (1..7); 1 represents Monday
32313 \begin_layout Standard
32315 %U week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53)
32318 \begin_layout Standard
32320 %V week number of year with Monday as first day of week (01..53)
32323 \begin_layout Standard
32325 %w day of week (0..6); 0 represents Sunday
32328 \begin_layout Standard
32330 %W week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53)
32333 \begin_layout Standard
32335 %x locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
32338 \begin_layout Standard
32340 %X locale's time representation (%H:%M:%S)
32343 \begin_layout Standard
32345 %y last two digits of year (00..99)
32348 \begin_layout Standard
32353 \begin_layout Standard
32355 %z RFC-822 style numeric timezone (-0500) (a nonstandard extension)
32358 \begin_layout Standard
32360 %Z time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable
32363 \begin_layout Subsection
32367 \begin_layout Standard
32372 sets maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu
32375 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32376 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32380 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
32384 \begin_layout Standard
32385 roff command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII
32390 UNIX-commands (refer to their manpages for more information about them).
32391 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
32394 \begin_layout Subsection
32399 \begin_layout Standard
32409 \begin_layout Subsection
32413 \begin_layout Section
32417 \begin_layout Standard
32418 LyX has a powerful mechanism to convert to and from any file format using
32420 Define a pair of formats, e.g.
32430 Now define a converter from one format to the other.
32431 In our example, two possible mechanisms exist.
32434 \begin_layout Enumerate
32435 A direct conversion, from LaTeX to PDF using pdflatex
32438 \begin_layout Enumerate
32439 A more convoluted route using intermediate formats and converters: LaTeX
32440 to DVI (using latex) to PostScript® (using dvips) to PDF (using ps2pdf).
32443 \begin_layout Standard
32444 LyX will always choose the shortest possible route, so you must specify
32445 two different Format names for
32449 files to be able to use either.
32450 Both are included by default in the
32455 Have a look and then invent your own!
32458 \begin_layout Standard
32459 Moreover, each Format can have a Viewer associated with it.
32460 For example, you might want to use
32464 to examine PostScript files, or
32468 to preview the LaTeX output.
32469 You can alter the viewer to use (and what options to pass to it) via the
32472 Tols\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32473 Preferences:Converters
32476 For example, to change the
32484 format in the dialog, change the viewer to be
32488 (or whatever), and hit
32495 \begin_layout Section
32499 \begin_layout Section
32503 \begin_layout Section
32504 BibTeX and makeindex
32507 \begin_layout Standard
32508 Both the bibliography generating command (default
32512 ) and the index generating command (default
32525 As an alternative for
32533 can be recommended.
32537 \begin_layout Standard
32538 The command to enter is
32541 \begin_layout Quote
32544 makeindex.sh -m $$lang
32547 \begin_layout Standard
32548 where the placeholder
32552 will be replaced by the chosen document (babel) language.
32556 \begin_layout Standard
32557 have installed the packages
32574 at a shell prompt for a help page.
32577 \begin_layout Chapter
32578 Units available in LyX
32579 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32585 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32586 name "cha:Units-available-in"
32593 \begin_layout Standard
32594 To understand the units described in this documentation,
32595 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32596 reference "cap:Units"
32600 explains all units available in LyX.
32603 \begin_layout Standard
32604 \begin_inset Float table
32610 \begin_layout Standard
32611 \begin_inset Caption
32613 \begin_layout Standard
32614 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32627 \begin_layout Standard
32628 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
32634 \begin_layout Standard
32636 \begin_inset Tabular
32637 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
32639 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
32640 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
32641 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
32642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32645 \begin_layout Standard
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Standard
32661 <row topline="true">
32662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32665 \begin_layout Standard
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Standard
32681 <row topline="true">
32682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32685 \begin_layout Standard
32691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32694 \begin_layout Standard
32701 <row topline="true">
32702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32705 \begin_layout Standard
32711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32714 \begin_layout Standard
32721 <row topline="true">
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout Standard
32731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32734 \begin_layout Standard
32735 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32736 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32743 <row topline="true">
32744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32747 \begin_layout Standard
32753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32756 \begin_layout Standard
32757 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32758 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32765 <row topline="true">
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Standard
32775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32778 \begin_layout Standard
32779 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32780 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32787 <row topline="true">
32788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32791 \begin_layout Standard
32797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32800 \begin_layout Standard
32801 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32802 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32809 <row topline="true">
32810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32813 \begin_layout Standard
32819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32822 \begin_layout Standard
32823 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32825 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
32828 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32835 <row topline="true">
32836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32839 \begin_layout Standard
32845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32848 \begin_layout Standard
32849 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32850 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32857 <row topline="true">
32858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32861 \begin_layout Standard
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Standard
32871 % of original image width
32877 <row topline="true">
32878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32881 \begin_layout Standard
32887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32890 \begin_layout Standard
32897 <row topline="true">
32898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32901 \begin_layout Standard
32907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32910 \begin_layout Standard
32917 <row topline="true">
32918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32921 \begin_layout Standard
32927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32930 \begin_layout Standard
32937 <row topline="true">
32938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32941 \begin_layout Standard
32947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32950 \begin_layout Standard
32957 <row topline="true">
32958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32961 \begin_layout Standard
32967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32970 \begin_layout Standard
32977 <row topline="true">
32978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32981 \begin_layout Standard
32987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32990 \begin_layout Standard
32997 <row topline="true">
32998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33001 \begin_layout Standard
33007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33010 \begin_layout Standard
33021 <row topline="true">
33022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33025 \begin_layout Standard
33031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33034 \begin_layout Standard
33045 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
33046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33049 \begin_layout Standard
33055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33058 \begin_layout Standard
33059 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33060 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33079 \begin_layout Chapter
33081 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33089 \begin_layout Standard
33090 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
33091 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
33094 \begin_layout Itemize
33097 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
33100 \begin_layout Itemize
33106 \begin_layout Itemize
33112 \begin_layout Itemize
33118 \begin_layout Itemize
33124 \begin_layout Itemize
33130 \begin_layout Itemize
33136 \begin_layout Itemize
33142 \begin_layout Itemize
33145 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
33148 \begin_layout Itemize
33154 \begin_layout Itemize
33160 \begin_layout Itemize
33166 \begin_layout Itemize
33172 \begin_layout Itemize
33178 \begin_layout Itemize
33184 \begin_layout Itemize
33190 \begin_layout Itemize
33196 \begin_layout Itemize
33198 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
33206 \begin_layout Standard
33209 Bibliography created with the
33216 \begin_layout Bibliography
33217 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33227 \begin_layout Standard
33231 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
33241 \begin_inset Note Note
33244 \begin_layout Standard
33251 is explained in the
33256 It creates a TOC entry.
33259 \begin_layout Standard
33260 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
33261 two different ones in one document.
33270 \begin_layout Standard
33274 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
33283 \begin_layout Standard
33291 \begin_inset Note Note
33294 \begin_layout Standard
33301 is explained in the
33306 It creates a hyperlink.
33314 \begin_layout Bibliography
33315 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33316 key "latexcompanion"
33320 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
33322 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
33325 Addison-Wesley, 2004
33328 \begin_layout Bibliography
33329 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33334 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
33337 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
33340 Addison-Wesley, 2003
33343 \begin_layout Bibliography
33344 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33351 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
33354 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
33357 \begin_layout Bibliography
33358 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33370 Addison-Wesley, 1984
33373 \begin_layout Bibliography
33374 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33382 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
33383 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
33390 \begin_layout Bibliography
33391 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33397 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
33399 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
33406 \begin_layout Bibliography
33407 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33416 \begin_layout Standard
33420 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
33430 \begin_layout Standard
33437 of the LaTeX-package
33442 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33443 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
33450 \begin_layout Bibliography
33451 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33460 \begin_layout Standard
33464 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
33474 \begin_layout Standard
33481 of the LaTeX-package
33486 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33487 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
33494 \begin_layout Bibliography
33495 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33504 \begin_layout Standard
33508 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
33517 \begin_layout Standard
33524 of the LaTeX-package
33529 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33530 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
33537 \begin_layout Bibliography
33538 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33547 \begin_layout Standard
33551 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
33560 \begin_layout Standard
33567 how to set up LyX for Arabic
33570 \begin_layout Bibliography
33571 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33580 \begin_layout Standard
33584 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
33593 \begin_layout Standard
33600 how to set up LyX for Armenian
33603 \begin_layout Bibliography
33604 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33613 \begin_layout Standard
33617 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
33626 \begin_layout Standard
33633 how to set up LyX for Farsi
33636 \begin_layout Bibliography
33637 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
33646 \begin_layout Standard
33650 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
33659 \begin_layout Standard
33666 how to set up LyX for Hebrew
33669 \begin_layout Standard
33672 Bibliography created from a BibTeX-database:
33673 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
33674 options "biblio/alphadin"
33675 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
33683 \begin_layout Standard
33687 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
33697 \begin_inset Note Note
33700 \begin_layout Standard
33707 is explained in the
33712 It creates a TOC entry.
33715 \begin_layout Standard
33716 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
33717 two different ones in one document.
33725 \begin_layout Standard
33728 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
33733 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex